1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11 // builds ASTs.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17 
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/Availability.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/ComparisonCategories.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
32 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
33 #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
39 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
40 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
46 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
47 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
48 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
49 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
50 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
51 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
52 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
53 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
54 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
55 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
56 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
57 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
58 #include <deque>
59 #include <memory>
60 #include <string>
61 #include <vector>
62 
63 namespace llvm {
64   class APSInt;
65   template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
66   template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
67   class SmallBitVector;
68   struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
69 }
70 
71 namespace clang {
72   class ADLResult;
73   class ASTConsumer;
74   class ASTContext;
75   class ASTMutationListener;
76   class ASTReader;
77   class ASTWriter;
78   class ArrayType;
79   class ParsedAttr;
80   class BindingDecl;
81   class BlockDecl;
82   class CapturedDecl;
83   class CXXBasePath;
84   class CXXBasePaths;
85   class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
86   typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
87   class CXXConstructorDecl;
88   class CXXConversionDecl;
89   class CXXDeleteExpr;
90   class CXXDestructorDecl;
91   class CXXFieldCollector;
92   class CXXMemberCallExpr;
93   class CXXMethodDecl;
94   class CXXScopeSpec;
95   class CXXTemporary;
96   class CXXTryStmt;
97   class CallExpr;
98   class ClassTemplateDecl;
99   class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
100   class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
101   class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
102   class CodeCompleteConsumer;
103   class CodeCompletionAllocator;
104   class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
105   class CodeCompletionResult;
106   class CoroutineBodyStmt;
107   class Decl;
108   class DeclAccessPair;
109   class DeclContext;
110   class DeclRefExpr;
111   class DeclaratorDecl;
112   class DeducedTemplateArgument;
113   class DependentDiagnostic;
114   class DesignatedInitExpr;
115   class Designation;
116   class EnableIfAttr;
117   class EnumConstantDecl;
118   class Expr;
119   class ExtVectorType;
120   class FormatAttr;
121   class FriendDecl;
122   class FunctionDecl;
123   class FunctionProtoType;
124   class FunctionTemplateDecl;
125   class ImplicitConversionSequence;
126   typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList;
127   class InitListExpr;
128   class InitializationKind;
129   class InitializationSequence;
130   class InitializedEntity;
131   class IntegerLiteral;
132   class LabelStmt;
133   class LambdaExpr;
134   class LangOptions;
135   class LocalInstantiationScope;
136   class LookupResult;
137   class MacroInfo;
138   typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
139   class ModuleLoader;
140   class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
141   class NamedDecl;
142   class ObjCCategoryDecl;
143   class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
144   class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
145   class ObjCContainerDecl;
146   class ObjCImplDecl;
147   class ObjCImplementationDecl;
148   class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
149   class ObjCIvarDecl;
150   template <class T> class ObjCList;
151   class ObjCMessageExpr;
152   class ObjCMethodDecl;
153   class ObjCPropertyDecl;
154   class ObjCProtocolDecl;
155   class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
156   class OMPRequiresDecl;
157   class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
158   class OMPDeclareSimdDecl;
159   class OMPClause;
160   struct OverloadCandidate;
161   class OverloadCandidateSet;
162   class OverloadExpr;
163   class ParenListExpr;
164   class ParmVarDecl;
165   class Preprocessor;
166   class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
167   class PseudoObjectExpr;
168   class QualType;
169   class StandardConversionSequence;
170   class Stmt;
171   class StringLiteral;
172   class SwitchStmt;
173   class TemplateArgument;
174   class TemplateArgumentList;
175   class TemplateArgumentLoc;
176   class TemplateDecl;
177   class TemplateInstantiationCallback;
178   class TemplateParameterList;
179   class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
180   class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
181   class Token;
182   class TypeAliasDecl;
183   class TypedefDecl;
184   class TypedefNameDecl;
185   class TypeLoc;
186   class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
187   class UnqualifiedId;
188   class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
189   class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
190   class UnresolvedSetImpl;
191   class UnresolvedSetIterator;
192   class UsingDecl;
193   class UsingShadowDecl;
194   class ValueDecl;
195   class VarDecl;
196   class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
197   class VisibilityAttr;
198   class VisibleDeclConsumer;
199   class IndirectFieldDecl;
200   struct DeductionFailureInfo;
201   class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
202 
203 namespace sema {
204   class AccessedEntity;
205   class BlockScopeInfo;
206   class Capture;
207   class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
208   class CapturingScopeInfo;
209   class CompoundScopeInfo;
210   class DelayedDiagnostic;
211   class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
212   class FunctionScopeInfo;
213   class LambdaScopeInfo;
214   class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
215   class SemaPPCallbacks;
216   class TemplateDeductionInfo;
217 }
218 
219 namespace threadSafety {
220   class BeforeSet;
221   void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
222 }
223 
224 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
225 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
226 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
227                   SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
228 
229 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
230 /// file.
231 struct FileNullability {
232   /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
233   /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
234   SourceLocation PointerLoc;
235 
236   /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for
237   /// placing fix-its.
238   SourceLocation PointerEndLoc;
239 
240   /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
241   uint8_t PointerKind;
242 
243   /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
244   bool SawTypeNullability = false;
245 };
246 
247 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
248 /// information in that file.
249 class FileNullabilityMap {
250   /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
251   llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
252 
253   /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
254   struct {
255     FileID File;
256     FileNullability Nullability;
257   } Cache;
258 
259 public:
260   FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
261     // Check the single-element cache.
262     if (file == Cache.File)
263       return Cache.Nullability;
264 
265     // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
266     if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
267       Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
268     }
269 
270     // Pull this entry into the cache.
271     Cache.File = file;
272     Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
273     return Cache.Nullability;
274   }
275 };
276 
277 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
278 class Sema {
279   Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
280   void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
281 
282   ///Source of additional semantic information.
283   ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
284 
285   ///Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
286   bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
287 
288   static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
289 
290   bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
291 
292   /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that
293   /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might
294   /// not have external linkage.
shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl * Old,const NamedDecl * New)295   bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
296                                     const NamedDecl *New) {
297     if (isVisible(Old))
298      return true;
299     // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage
300     // of the new declaration here.
301     if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) {
302       assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&
303              "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl");
304       return true;
305     }
306     return false;
307   }
308   bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
309 
310   void setupImplicitSpecialMemberType(CXXMethodDecl *SpecialMem,
311                                       QualType ResultTy,
312                                       ArrayRef<QualType> Args);
313 
314 public:
315   typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
316   typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
317   typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
318 
319   OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
320   FPOptions FPFeatures;
321 
322   const LangOptions &LangOpts;
323   Preprocessor &PP;
324   ASTContext &Context;
325   ASTConsumer &Consumer;
326   DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
327   SourceManager &SourceMgr;
328 
329   /// Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
330   bool CollectStats;
331 
332   /// Code-completion consumer.
333   CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
334 
335   /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
336   DeclContext *CurContext;
337 
338   /// Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
339   /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
340   DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
341 
342   /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
343   /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
344   DeclarationName VAListTagName;
345 
346   bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
347 
348   /// Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
349   LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
350       MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
351 
352   /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes.  Can be empty.
353   SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
354 
355   /// Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
356   SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
357 
358   /// pragma clang section kind
359   enum PragmaClangSectionKind {
360     PCSK_Invalid      = 0,
361     PCSK_BSS          = 1,
362     PCSK_Data         = 2,
363     PCSK_Rodata       = 3,
364     PCSK_Text         = 4
365    };
366 
367   enum PragmaClangSectionAction {
368     PCSA_Set     = 0,
369     PCSA_Clear   = 1
370   };
371 
372   struct PragmaClangSection {
373     std::string SectionName;
374     bool Valid = false;
375     SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
376 
377     void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
378              PragmaClangSectionAction Action,
379              StringLiteral* Name);
380    };
381 
382    PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection;
383    PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection;
384    PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection;
385    PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection;
386 
387   enum PragmaMsStackAction {
388     PSK_Reset     = 0x0,                // #pragma ()
389     PSK_Set       = 0x1,                // #pragma (value)
390     PSK_Push      = 0x2,                // #pragma (push[, id])
391     PSK_Pop       = 0x4,                // #pragma (pop[, id])
392     PSK_Show      = 0x8,                // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
393     PSK_Push_Set  = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
394     PSK_Pop_Set   = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set,  // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
395   };
396 
397   template<typename ValueType>
398   struct PragmaStack {
399     struct Slot {
400       llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
401       ValueType Value;
402       SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
403       SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation;
SlotPragmaStack::Slot404       Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value,
405            SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation)
406           : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
407             PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation),
408             PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {}
409     };
410     void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
411              PragmaMsStackAction Action,
412              llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
413              ValueType Value);
414 
415     // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
416     // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
417     //
418     //   struct S {
419     //     #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
420     //     void Method {}
421     //     #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
422     //   };
423     //
424     // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
425     //   #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
426     // syntax.
427     //
428     // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
SentinelActionPragmaStack429     void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
430       assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&
431              "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!");
432       Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
433     }
434 
435     // Constructors.
PragmaStackPragmaStack436     explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
437         : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
438 
hasValuePragmaStack439     bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; }
440 
441     SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
442     ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
443     ValueType CurrentValue;
444     SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
445   };
446   // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
447   // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
448 
449   /// Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
450   /// C++ ABI.  Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
451   ///
452   /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
453   /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
454   ///    structors
455   /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
456   ///    objects
457   PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack;
458   // #pragma pack.
459   // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment.
460   static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U;
461   PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack;
462   // The current #pragma pack values and locations at each #include.
463   struct PackIncludeState {
464     unsigned CurrentValue;
465     SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
466     bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude;
467   };
468   SmallVector<PackIncludeState, 8> PackIncludeStack;
469   // Segment #pragmas.
470   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
471   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
472   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
473   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
474 
475   // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
476   // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
477   class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
478   public:
479     PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
480     ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
481 
482   private:
483     Sema &S;
484     StringRef SlotLabel;
485     bool ShouldAct;
486   };
487 
488   /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
489   FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
490 
491   /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
492   StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
493   SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
494 
495   /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
496   void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
497 
498   /// This an attribute introduced by \#pragma clang attribute.
499   struct PragmaAttributeEntry {
500     SourceLocation Loc;
501     ParsedAttr *Attribute;
502     SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules;
503     bool IsUsed;
504   };
505 
506   /// A push'd group of PragmaAttributeEntries.
507   struct PragmaAttributeGroup {
508     /// The location of the push attribute.
509     SourceLocation Loc;
510     /// The namespace of this push group.
511     const IdentifierInfo *Namespace;
512     SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> Entries;
513   };
514 
515   SmallVector<PragmaAttributeGroup, 2> PragmaAttributeStack;
516 
517   /// The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the
518   /// #pragma attribute stack.
519   const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl;
520 
521   /// This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
522   /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
523   /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
524   SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
525 
526   /// Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
527   ///
528   /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
529   /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
530   bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
531 
532   /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
533   CleanupInfo Cleanup;
534 
535   /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
536   /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
537   /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
538   SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
539 
540   /// Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
541   ///  that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
542   ///  be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
543   ///  and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
544   ///  of the enclosing full expression.  This is cleared at the end of each
545   ///  full expression.
546   llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
547 
548   std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> PreallocatedFunctionScope;
549 
550   /// Stack containing information about each of the nested
551   /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
552   SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
553 
554   typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
555                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
556     ExtVectorDeclsType;
557 
558   /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
559   /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
560   /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
561   ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
562 
563   /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
564   std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
565 
566   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
567 
568   /// Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
569   NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
570 
571   /// Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
572   llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
573       UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
574 
575   /// Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
576   ///
577   /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
578   /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
579   /// used in initializer of the field.
580   typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
581   typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
582   llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
583 
584   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
585 
586   /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
587   /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
588   /// same list more than once.
589   std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
590 
591   /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
592   /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
593   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
594 
595   /// Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
596   NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
597 
598   typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
599                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
600     TentativeDefinitionsType;
601 
602   /// All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
603   TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
604 
605   typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
606                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
607     UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
608 
609   /// The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
610   /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
611   UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
612 
613   typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
614                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
615     DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
616 
617   /// All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
618   /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
619   DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
620 
621   /// All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
622   /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
623   /// function.
624   SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
625     DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks;
626 
627   /// All the function redeclarations seen during a class definition that had
628   /// their exception spec checks delayed, plus the prior declaration they
629   /// should be checked against. Except during error recovery, the new decl
630   /// should always be a friend declaration, as that's the only valid way to
631   /// redeclare a special member before its class is complete.
632   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl*>, 2>
633     DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks;
634 
635   /// All the members seen during a class definition which were both
636   /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
637   /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
638   /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
639   /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
640   /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
641   /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
642   SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
643     DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
644 
645   typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *,
646                           std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>>
647       LateParsedTemplateMapT;
648   LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
649 
650   /// Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
651   typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
652   typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
653   LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
654   LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
655   void *OpaqueParser;
656 
SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB * LTP,LateTemplateParserCleanupCB * LTPCleanup,void * P)657   void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
658                              LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
659                              void *P) {
660     LateTemplateParser = LTP;
661     LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
662     OpaqueParser = P;
663   }
664 
665   class DelayedDiagnostics;
666 
667   class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
668     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
669     friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
670   };
671   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
672   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
673 
674   /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
675   /// during parsing and other processing.
676   class DelayedDiagnostics {
677     /// The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
678     /// diagnostics should go.
679     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
680 
681   public:
DelayedDiagnostics()682     DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
683 
684     /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
685     void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
686 
687     /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
shouldDelayDiagnostics()688     bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
689 
690     /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
getCurrentPool()691     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
692       return CurPool;
693     }
694 
695     /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
696     /// collected in this pool.
push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool & pool)697     DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
698       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
699       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
700       CurPool = &pool;
701       return state;
702     }
703 
704     /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
705     /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
706     /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state)707     void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
708       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
709     }
710 
711     /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
712     /// not delayed.
pushUndelayed()713     DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
714       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
715       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
716       CurPool = nullptr;
717       return state;
718     }
719 
720     /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state)721     void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
722       assert(CurPool == nullptr);
723       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
724     }
725   } DelayedDiagnostics;
726 
727   /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
728   class ContextRAII {
729   private:
730     Sema &S;
731     DeclContext *SavedContext;
732     ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
733     QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
734 
735   public:
736     ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
S(S)737       : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
738         SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
739         SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
740     {
741       assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
742       S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
743       if (NewThisContext)
744         S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
745     }
746 
pop()747     void pop() {
748       if (!SavedContext) return;
749       S.CurContext = SavedContext;
750       S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
751       S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
752       SavedContext = nullptr;
753     }
754 
~ContextRAII()755     ~ContextRAII() {
756       pop();
757     }
758   };
759 
760   /// RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
761   /// a function body.
762   class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
763     Sema &S;
764     Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
765     bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false;
766 
767   public:
SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema & S,DeclContext * DC)768     SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
769         : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) {
770       S.PushFunctionScope();
771       S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
772           Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
773       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
774         FD->setWillHaveBody(true);
775       else
776         assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC));
777     }
778 
addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc)779     void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) {
780       assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext);
781 
782       Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx;
783       Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction;
784       Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc;
785       Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext);
786       S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx);
787 
788       PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true;
789     }
790 
~SynthesizedFunctionScope()791     ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
792       if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext)
793         S.popCodeSynthesisContext();
794       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
795         FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
796       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
797       S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
798     }
799   };
800 
801   /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
802   /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
803   /// identifier, declared or undeclared
804   llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
805 
806   /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
807   /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
808   /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
809   /// in the currently selected standard.
810   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
811 
812 
813   /// Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
814   void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
815 
816   /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
817   /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
818   /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
819   /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
820   /// It would be best to refactor this.
821   SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
822 
823   IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
824 
825   /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
826   /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
827   /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
828   Scope *TUScope;
829 
830   /// The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
831   LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
832 
833   /// The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
834   /// standard library.
835   LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
836 
837   /// The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++
838   /// standard library.
839   LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT;
840 
841   /// The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts
842   /// of the standard library resides.
843   NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache;
844 
845   /// The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
846   /// \<initializer_list>.
847   ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
848 
849   /// The C++ "std::coroutine_traits" template, which is defined in
850   /// \<coroutine_traits>
851   ClassTemplateDecl *StdCoroutineTraitsCache;
852 
853   /// The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
854   RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
855 
856   /// The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
857   RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
858 
859   /// Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
860   std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
861 
862   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
863   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
864 
865   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
866   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
867 
868   /// Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
869   QualType NSNumberPointer;
870 
871   /// Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
872   QualType NSValuePointer;
873 
874   /// The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
875   ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
876 
877   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
878   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
879 
880   /// Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
881   QualType NSStringPointer;
882 
883   /// The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
884   ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
885 
886   /// The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
887   ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
888 
889   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
890   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
891 
892   /// The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
893   ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
894 
895   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
896   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
897 
898   /// The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
899   ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
900 
901   /// id<NSCopying> type.
902   QualType QIDNSCopying;
903 
904   /// will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
905   Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
906 
907   /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
908   /// have been declared.
909   bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
910 
911   /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
912   /// references to fields.  This is really a
913   bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
914 
915   /// Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
916   /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
917   enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext {
918     /// The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
919     /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
920     /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
921     /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
922     /// run time.
923     Unevaluated,
924 
925     /// The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within
926     /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated
927     /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are
928     /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly.
929     UnevaluatedList,
930 
931     /// The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
932     /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
933     /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
934     DiscardedStatement,
935 
936     /// The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
937     /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
938     /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
939     UnevaluatedAbstract,
940 
941     /// The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
942     /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
943     /// cases in a switch statement).
944     ConstantEvaluated,
945 
946     /// The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
947     /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
948     /// expression at run time.
949     PotentiallyEvaluated,
950 
951     /// The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
952     /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
953     /// in fact the current expression is used.
954     ///
955     /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
956     /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
957     /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
958     /// until the default argument is used.
959     PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
960   };
961 
962   /// Data structure used to record current or nested
963   /// expression evaluation contexts.
964   struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
965     /// The expression evaluation context.
966     ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
967 
968     /// Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
969     CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
970 
971     /// Whether we are in a decltype expression.
972     bool IsDecltype;
973 
974     /// The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
975     /// this expression evaluation context.
976     unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
977 
978     /// The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
979     /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
980     unsigned NumTypos;
981 
982     llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
983 
984     /// The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
985     /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
986     SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
987 
988     /// The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
989     /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
990     /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
991     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
992 
993     /// The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
994     /// and block literals within this context.
995     ///
996     /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
997     /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
998     std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
999 
1000     /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
1001     /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
1002     SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
1003 
1004     /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
1005     /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
1006     SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
1007 
1008     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Expr *, 8> PossibleDerefs;
1009 
1010     /// \brief Describes whether we are in an expression constext which we have
1011     /// to handle differently.
1012     enum ExpressionKind {
1013       EK_Decltype, EK_TemplateArgument, EK_Other
1014     } ExprContext;
1015 
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecordExpressionEvaluationContextRecord1016     ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
1017                                       unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
1018                                       CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
1019                                       Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
1020                                       ExpressionKind ExprContext)
1021         : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
1022           NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), NumTypos(0),
1023           ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering(),
1024           ExprContext(ExprContext) {}
1025 
1026     /// Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
1027     /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
1028     MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
1029 
isUnevaluatedExpressionEvaluationContextRecord1030     bool isUnevaluated() const {
1031       return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated ||
1032              Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract ||
1033              Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList;
1034     }
isConstantEvaluatedExpressionEvaluationContextRecord1035     bool isConstantEvaluated() const {
1036       return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated;
1037     }
1038   };
1039 
1040   /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
1041   SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
1042 
1043   /// Emit a warning for all pending noderef expressions that we recorded.
1044   void WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec);
1045 
1046   /// Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
1047   /// block literal.
1048   ///
1049   /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
1050   /// block literal.
1051   /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
1052   /// associated with the context, if relevant.
1053   MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
1054     const DeclContext *DC,
1055     Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
1056 
1057 
1058   /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
1059   /// function.
1060   ///
1061   /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
1062   /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
1063   class SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1064   public:
1065     enum Kind {
1066       NoMemberOrDeleted,
1067       Ambiguous,
1068       Success
1069     };
1070 
1071   private:
1072     llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
1073 
1074   public:
SpecialMemberOverloadResult()1075     SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {}
SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl * MD)1076     SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD)
1077         : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {}
1078 
getMethod()1079     CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
setMethod(CXXMethodDecl * MD)1080     void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
1081 
getKind()1082     Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
setKind(Kind K)1083     void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
1084   };
1085 
1086   class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry
1087       : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode,
1088         public SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1089   public:
SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID & ID)1090     SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
1091       : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
1092     {}
1093   };
1094 
1095   /// A cache of special member function overload resolution results
1096   /// for C++ records.
1097   llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache;
1098 
1099   /// A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
1100   /// attribute.
1101   mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
1102 
1103   /// The kind of translation unit we are processing.
1104   ///
1105   /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
1106   /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
1107   /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
1108   /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
1109   /// checks.
1110   TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
1111 
1112   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
1113 
1114   /// The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
1115   unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
1116 
1117   typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
1118     UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
1119 
1120   /// A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
1121   /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
1122   ///
1123   /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
1124   /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
1125   /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
1126   /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
1127   UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
1128 
1129   // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
1130   // argument locations.
1131   llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
1132 
1133   /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
1134   /// definition in this translation unit.
1135   llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
1136 
1137   /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external
1138   /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation
1139   /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C".
1140   bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD);
1141 
1142   /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
1143   void getUndefinedButUsed(
1144       SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
1145 
1146   /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
1147   /// the end of translation unit.
1148   const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
1149   getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
1150 
1151   typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
1152   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
1153 
1154   /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
1155   /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
1156   /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
1157   /// of selectors are "overloaded").
1158   /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
1159   /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
1160   GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
1161 
1162   /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
1163   /// of -Wselector.
1164   llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
1165 
1166   /// Kinds of C++ special members.
1167   enum CXXSpecialMember {
1168     CXXDefaultConstructor,
1169     CXXCopyConstructor,
1170     CXXMoveConstructor,
1171     CXXCopyAssignment,
1172     CXXMoveAssignment,
1173     CXXDestructor,
1174     CXXInvalid
1175   };
1176 
1177   typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember>
1178       SpecialMemberDecl;
1179 
1180   /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
1181   /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
1182   /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
1183   llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
1184 
1185   /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction
1186   /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them
1187   /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a
1188   /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition.
1189   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions;
1190 
1191   /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are
1192   /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty.
1193   llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes;
1194 
1195   void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
1196   void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel);
1197 
1198   /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
1199   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
1200   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
1201 
1202   /// Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
1203   /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
1204   /// should not be used elsewhere.
1205   void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
1206 
1207   /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
1208   /// statements.
1209   class FPContractStateRAII {
1210   public:
FPContractStateRAII(Sema & S)1211     FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {}
~FPContractStateRAII()1212     ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; }
1213 
1214   private:
1215     Sema& S;
1216     FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState;
1217   };
1218 
1219   void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1220 
1221 public:
1222   Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1223        TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1224        CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1225   ~Sema();
1226 
1227   /// Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1228   /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1229   void Initialize();
1230 
getLangOpts()1231   const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
getOpenCLOptions()1232   OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
getFPOptions()1233   FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1234 
getDiagnostics()1235   DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
getSourceManager()1236   SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
getPreprocessor()1237   Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
getASTContext()1238   ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
getASTConsumer()1239   ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1240   ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
getExternalSource()1241   ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1242 
1243   ///Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1244   /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1245   ///
1246   ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1247   ///
1248   void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1249 
1250   void PrintStats() const;
1251 
1252   /// Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1253   /// template instantiation stacks.
1254   ///
1255   /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1256   /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1257   /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1258   /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1259   /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1260   /// well.
1261   class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1262     Sema &SemaRef;
1263     unsigned DiagID;
1264 
1265   public:
SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder & DB,Sema & SemaRef,unsigned DiagID)1266     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1267       : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1268 
1269     // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1270     // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1271     // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1272     // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1273     // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1274     // in that case anwyay.
1275     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1276 
~SemaDiagnosticBuilder()1277     ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1278       // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1279       if (!isActive()) return;
1280 
1281       // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1282       // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1283       // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1284       //
1285       // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1286       // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1287       // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1288       // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1289       // eliminate that code.
1290       FlushCounts();
1291       Clear();
1292 
1293       // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1294       SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1295     }
1296 
1297     /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1298     template<typename T>
1299     friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1300         const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1301       const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1302       BaseDiag << Value;
1303       return Diag;
1304     }
1305   };
1306 
1307   /// Emit a diagnostic.
Diag(SourceLocation Loc,unsigned DiagID)1308   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1309     DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1310     return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1311   }
1312 
1313   /// Emit a partial diagnostic.
1314   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1315 
1316   /// Build a partial diagnostic.
1317   PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1318 
1319   bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1320 
1321   /// Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1322   std::string
1323   getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1324   std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1325 
1326   /// Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1327   SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1328 
1329   /// Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1330   ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1331 
1332   void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1333 
1334   void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit();
1335   void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1336 
1337   void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1338 
1339   Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1340 
1341   void PushFunctionScope();
1342   void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1343   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1344 
1345   /// This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1346   /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1347   /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1348   void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1349 
1350   void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1351                                RecordDecl *RD,
1352                                CapturedRegionKind K);
1353   void
1354   PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1355                        const Decl *D = nullptr,
1356                        const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1357 
getCurFunction()1358   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1359     return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back();
1360   }
1361 
1362   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const;
1363 
1364   void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope();
1365   void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
1366   void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto();
1367 
1368   void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr);
1369   void PopCompoundScope();
1370 
1371   sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1372 
1373   bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1374 
1375   /// Retrieve the current block, if any.
1376   sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1377 
1378   /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1379   /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most
1380   /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not
1381   /// lambda scopes.
1382   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *
1383   getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false);
1384 
1385   /// Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1386   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1387 
1388   /// Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1389   sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1390 
1391   /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
WeakTopLevelDecls()1392   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1393 
1394   void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1395 
1396   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1397   // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1398   //
1399 
1400   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1401                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1402   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1403                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1404   QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1405                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1406   QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1407                               SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1408   QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1409                           Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1410                           SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1411   QualType BuildVectorType(QualType T, Expr *VecSize, SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1412   QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1413                               SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1414   QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace,
1415                                  SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1416 
1417   bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1418 
1419   /// Build a function type.
1420   ///
1421   /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1422   /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1423   /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1424   /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1425   /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1426   ///
1427   /// \param T The return type of the function.
1428   ///
1429   /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1430   /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1431   /// function parameters.
1432   ///
1433   /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1434   /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1435   /// type that will have function type.
1436   ///
1437   /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1438   /// type, if known.
1439   ///
1440   /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1441   /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1442   ///
1443   /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1444   /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1445   /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1446   QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1447                              MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1448                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1449                              const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1450 
1451   QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1452                                   SourceLocation Loc,
1453                                   DeclarationName Entity);
1454   QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1455                                  SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1456   QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1457   QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1458   QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T,
1459                          SourceLocation Loc);
1460   QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T,
1461                          SourceLocation Loc);
1462 
1463   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1464   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1465 
1466   /// Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1467   ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1468   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1469   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1470   static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1471                                     TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1472   CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1473   const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1474                                                 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1475   void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1476                            const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1477   bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1478   bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1479   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1480   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1481       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1482       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1483   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1484       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1485       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1486       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1487   bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType);
1488   bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
1489                                 const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1490                                 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1491                                 const FunctionProtoType *Superset,
1492                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1493                                 const FunctionProtoType *Subset,
1494                                 SourceLocation SubLoc);
1495   bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1496                                const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1497                                const FunctionProtoType *Target,
1498                                SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1499                                const FunctionProtoType *Source,
1500                                SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1501 
1502   TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1503 
1504   /// The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1505   /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1506   ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1507 
1508   /// Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1509   struct TypeDiagnoser {
TypeDiagnoserTypeDiagnoser1510     TypeDiagnoser() {}
1511 
1512     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
~TypeDiagnoserTypeDiagnoser1513     virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1514   };
1515 
getPrintable(int I)1516   static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
getPrintable(unsigned I)1517   static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
getPrintable(bool B)1518   static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
getPrintable(const char * S)1519   static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
getPrintable(StringRef S)1520   static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
getPrintable(const std::string & S)1521   static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo * II)1522   static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1523     return II;
1524   }
getPrintable(DeclarationName N)1525   static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
getPrintable(QualType T)1526   static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
getPrintable(SourceRange R)1527   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
getPrintable(SourceLocation L)1528   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
getPrintable(const Expr * E)1529   static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
getPrintable(TypeLoc TL)1530   static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1531 
1532   template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1533     unsigned DiagID;
1534     std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1535 
1536     template <std::size_t... Is>
emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & DB,llvm::index_sequence<Is...>)1537     void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1538               llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1539       // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1540       bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1541       (void)Dummy;
1542     }
1543 
1544   public:
BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1545     BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1546         : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1547       assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
1548     }
1549 
diagnose(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)1550     void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1551       const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1552       emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1553       DB << T;
1554     }
1555   };
1556 
1557 private:
1558   /// Methods for marking which expressions involve dereferencing a pointer
1559   /// marked with the 'noderef' attribute. Expressions are checked bottom up as
1560   /// they are parsed, meaning that a noderef pointer may not be accessed. For
1561   /// example, in `&*p` where `p` is a noderef pointer, we will first parse the
1562   /// `*p`, but need to check that `address of` is called on it. This requires
1563   /// keeping a container of all pending expressions and checking if the address
1564   /// of them are eventually taken.
1565   void CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E);
1566   void CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E);
1567   void CheckMemberAccessOfNoDeref(const MemberExpr *E);
1568 
1569   bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1570                                TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1571 
1572   struct ModuleScope {
1573     clang::Module *Module = nullptr;
1574     bool ModuleInterface = false;
1575     VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules;
1576   };
1577   /// The modules we're currently parsing.
1578   llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes;
1579 
1580   /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within.
getCurrentModule()1581   Module *getCurrentModule() const {
1582     return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module;
1583   }
1584 
1585   VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1586 
1587 public:
1588   /// Get the module owning an entity.
getOwningModule(Decl * Entity)1589   Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) { return Entity->getOwningModule(); }
1590 
1591   /// Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1592   /// visible at the specified location.
1593   void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND);
1594 
1595   bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M, bool ModulePrivate = false);
1596 
1597   /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
isVisible(const NamedDecl * D)1598   bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1599     return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1600   }
1601 
1602   /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
1603   bool
1604   hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
1605                         llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
1606     return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
1607   }
1608   bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1609                                  llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
1610 
1611   bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1612   bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def);
1613 
1614   /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible
1615   /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1.
1616   bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested);
1617 
1618   /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1619   /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1620   bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1621                             bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl * D)1622   bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1623     NamedDecl *Hidden;
1624     return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1625   }
1626 
1627   /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1628   bool
1629   hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1630                             llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1631 
1632   /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit
1633   /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a
1634   /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.)
1635   bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization(
1636       const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1637 
1638   /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
1639   /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
1640   bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1641       const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1642 
1643   /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1644   /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1645   /// an extension warning.
1646   bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1647                                               const NamedDecl *B);
1648   void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1649       SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1650       ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1651 
1652   bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *FD);
1653 
isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)1654   bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1655     return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1656   }
1657   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1658                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1659   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1660                            unsigned DiagID);
1661 
1662   template <typename... Ts>
RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1663   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1664                            const Ts &...Args) {
1665     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1666     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1667   }
1668 
1669   void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1670   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1671   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1672 
1673   template <typename... Ts>
RequireCompleteExprType(Expr * E,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1674   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1675     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1676     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1677   }
1678 
1679   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1680                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1681   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1682 
1683   template <typename... Ts>
RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1684   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1685                           const Ts &...Args) {
1686     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1687     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1688   }
1689 
1690   QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1691                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T,
1692                              TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr);
1693 
1694   QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1695   /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1696   /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1697   QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1698                              bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1699   QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1700                                    UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1701                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1702 
1703   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1704   // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1705   //
1706 
1707   struct SkipBodyInfo {
SkipBodyInfoSkipBodyInfo1708     SkipBodyInfo()
1709         : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr),
1710           New(nullptr) {}
1711     bool ShouldSkip;
1712     bool CheckSameAsPrevious;
1713     NamedDecl *Previous;
1714     NamedDecl *New;
1715   };
1716 
1717   DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1718 
1719   void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1720 
1721   bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1722 
1723   ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1724                          Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1725                          bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1726                          ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
1727                          bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1728                          bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1729                          bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true,
1730                          IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1731   TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1732   bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1733   void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1734                                SourceLocation IILoc,
1735                                Scope *S,
1736                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1737                                ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1738                                bool IsTemplateName = false);
1739 
1740   /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
1741   /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
1742   /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
1743   /// scope during instantiation.
1744   ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1745                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
1746                                       bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
1747 
1748   /// Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1749   /// by \c ClassifyName().
1750   enum NameClassificationKind {
1751     NC_Unknown,
1752     NC_Error,
1753     NC_Keyword,
1754     NC_Type,
1755     NC_Expression,
1756     NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1757     NC_TypeTemplate,
1758     NC_VarTemplate,
1759     NC_FunctionTemplate
1760   };
1761 
1762   class NameClassification {
1763     NameClassificationKind Kind;
1764     ExprResult Expr;
1765     TemplateName Template;
1766     ParsedType Type;
1767 
NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind)1768     explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1769 
1770   public:
NameClassification(ExprResult Expr)1771     NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1772 
NameClassification(ParsedType Type)1773     NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1774 
NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo * Keyword)1775     NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {}
1776 
Error()1777     static NameClassification Error() {
1778       return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1779     }
1780 
Unknown()1781     static NameClassification Unknown() {
1782       return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1783     }
1784 
NestedNameSpecifier()1785     static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1786       return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1787     }
1788 
TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name)1789     static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1790       NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1791       Result.Template = Name;
1792       return Result;
1793     }
1794 
VarTemplate(TemplateName Name)1795     static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1796       NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1797       Result.Template = Name;
1798       return Result;
1799     }
1800 
FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name)1801     static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1802       NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1803       Result.Template = Name;
1804       return Result;
1805     }
1806 
getKind()1807     NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1808 
getType()1809     ParsedType getType() const {
1810       assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1811       return Type;
1812     }
1813 
getExpression()1814     ExprResult getExpression() const {
1815       assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1816       return Expr;
1817     }
1818 
getTemplateName()1819     TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1820       assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1821              Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1822       return Template;
1823     }
1824 
getTemplateNameKind()1825     TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1826       switch (Kind) {
1827       case NC_TypeTemplate:
1828         return TNK_Type_template;
1829       case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1830         return TNK_Function_template;
1831       case NC_VarTemplate:
1832         return TNK_Var_template;
1833       default:
1834         llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1835       }
1836     }
1837   };
1838 
1839   /// Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1840   /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1841   ///
1842   /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1843   /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1844   /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1845   ///
1846   /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1847   ///
1848   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1849   ///
1850   /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1851   /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1852   ///
1853   /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1854   ///
1855   /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1856   /// disambiguate the name.
1857   ///
1858   /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1859   ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1860   ///        expression.
1861   ///
1862   /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1863   NameClassification
1864   ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1865                SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1866                bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1867                std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1868 
1869   /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics.
1870   enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics {
1871     ClassTemplate,
1872     FunctionTemplate,
1873     VarTemplate,
1874     AliasTemplate,
1875     TemplateTemplateParam,
1876     DependentTemplate
1877   };
1878   TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1879   getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name);
1880 
1881   /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a
1882   /// template-name.
mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E,bool & Dependent)1883   bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E, bool &Dependent) {
1884     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid())
1885       return false;
1886     Dependent = false;
1887     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
1888       return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
1889     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get()))
1890       return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
1891     Dependent = true;
1892     if (auto *DSDRE = dyn_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
1893       return !DSDRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
1894     if (auto *DSME = dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E.get()))
1895       return !DSME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
1896     // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by
1897     // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName.
1898     return false;
1899   }
1900   void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName,
1901                                           SourceLocation Less,
1902                                           SourceLocation Greater);
1903 
1904   Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1905 
1906   NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1907                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1908   void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1909   bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1910   bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1911                                     DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
1912                                     bool IsTemplateId);
1913   void
1914   diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1915                             SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1916                             SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1917                             SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1918                             SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1919                             SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1920                             SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1921 
1922   static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1923   void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1924   NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
1925                                     const LookupResult &R);
1926   NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R);
1927   void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
1928                    const LookupResult &R);
1929   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1930 
1931   /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
1932   /// to a shadowing declaration.
1933   void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1934 
1935   void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
1936 
1937 private:
1938   /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
1939   /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
1940   llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
1941 
1942 public:
1943   void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1944   void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1945   void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1946                                     TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1947   void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1948   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1949                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1950                                     LookupResult &Previous);
1951   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1952                                   LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1953   NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1954                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1955                                      LookupResult &Previous,
1956                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1957                                      bool &AddToScope,
1958                                      ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None);
1959   NamedDecl *
1960   ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1961                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1962   // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1963   bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1964   void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1965   bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
1966                                      Expr *&Init);
1967   void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD);
1968   void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD);
1969   void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1970 
1971   NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1972                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1973                                      LookupResult &Previous,
1974                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1975                                      bool &AddToScope);
1976   bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1977 
1978   bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1979   bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1980 
1981   void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1982   void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1983                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1984   void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1985                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1986   // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1987   bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1988                                 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1989                                 bool IsMemberSpecialization);
1990   bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl);
1991   bool canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
1992                                       QualType NewT, QualType OldT);
1993   void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1994   void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1995   Attr *getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, bool IsDefinition);
1996   Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1997   ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1998                                           SourceLocation Loc,
1999                                           QualType T);
2000   ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
2001                               SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
2002                               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2003                               StorageClass SC);
2004   void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
2005                                  SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2006                                  Expr *defarg);
2007   void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
2008                                          SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2009                                          SourceLocation ArgLoc);
2010   void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
2011   bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
2012                                SourceLocation EqualLoc);
2013 
2014   void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit);
2015   void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl);
2016   void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
2017 
2018   void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
2019   void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
2020   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2021                                         IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2022                                         ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
2023                                         SourceLocation AttrEnd);
2024   void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
2025   void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
2026   void CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD);
2027   void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
2028   DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
2029                                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
2030   DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
2031 
2032   /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
2033   /// documentation comments.
2034   void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
2035   void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
2036 
2037   void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2038                                        SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
2039   void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
2040       FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
2041       SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2042   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2043                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
2044                                 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2045   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
2046                                 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2047   void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
isObjCMethodDecl(Decl * D)2048   bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
2049     return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
2050   }
2051 
2052   /// Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
2053   /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
2054   /// code for that function.
2055   ///
2056   /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
2057   /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
2058   /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
2059   /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
2060   bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
2061 
2062   /// Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
2063   /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
2064   /// code for that function.
2065   ///
2066   /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
2067   /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
2068   /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
2069   bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
2070 
2071   void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
2072   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
2073   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
2074   Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
2075   void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
2076 
2077   /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
2078   /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
2079   void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
2080 
2081   /// Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
2082   /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
2083   void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
2084 
2085   /// Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
2086   /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
2087   /// specified threshold.
2088   void
2089   DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2090                                          QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
2091 
2092   void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
2093   Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
2094                               SourceLocation AsmLoc,
2095                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2096 
2097   /// Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
2098   Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
2099                               SourceLocation SemiLoc);
2100 
2101   enum class ModuleDeclKind {
2102     Interface,      ///< 'export module X;'
2103     Implementation, ///< 'module X;'
2104     Partition,      ///< 'module partition X;'
2105   };
2106 
2107   /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition
2108   /// of a module interface or implementation.
2109   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2110                                  SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK,
2111                                  ModuleIdPath Path);
2112 
2113   /// The parser has processed a module import declaration.
2114   ///
2115   /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
2116   ///
2117   /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
2118   ///
2119   /// \param Path The module access path.
2120   DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
2121                                ModuleIdPath Path);
2122 
2123   /// The parser has processed a module import translated from a
2124   /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
2125   void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2126   void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2127 
2128   /// The parsed has entered a submodule.
2129   void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2130   /// The parser has left a submodule.
2131   void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2132 
2133   /// Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
2134   /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
2135   ///
2136   /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
2137   /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
2138   /// has forgotten to import.
2139   void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
2140                                                   Module *Mod);
2141 
2142   /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
2143   /// to %select values in diagnostics.
2144   enum class MissingImportKind {
2145     Declaration,
2146     Definition,
2147     DefaultArgument,
2148     ExplicitSpecialization,
2149     PartialSpecialization
2150   };
2151 
2152   /// Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
2153   /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
2154   void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2155                              MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
2156   void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2157                              SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
2158                              MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
2159 
2160   Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
2161                              SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2162   Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl,
2163                               SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
2164 
2165   /// We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
2166   /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
2167   /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not.
2168   void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
2169 
2170   /// We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a
2171   /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible,
2172   /// and diagnose if not.
2173   void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc,
2174                                             NamedDecl *Spec);
2175 
2176   /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics.
getPrintingPolicy()2177   PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
2178     return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
2179   }
2180 
2181   /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics.
2182   static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
2183                                           const Preprocessor &PP);
2184 
2185   /// Scope actions.
2186   void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
2187   void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
2188 
2189   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2190                                    RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2191   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2192                                    MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
2193                                    bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
2194                                    RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2195 
2196   Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2197                                     AccessSpecifier AS,
2198                                     RecordDecl *Record,
2199                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
2200 
2201   Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2202                                        RecordDecl *Record);
2203 
2204   /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics.
2205   /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag.
2206   enum NonTagKind {
2207     NTK_NonStruct,
2208     NTK_NonClass,
2209     NTK_NonUnion,
2210     NTK_NonEnum,
2211     NTK_Typedef,
2212     NTK_TypeAlias,
2213     NTK_Template,
2214     NTK_TypeAliasTemplate,
2215     NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument,
2216   };
2217 
2218   /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating
2219   /// what kind of non-tag type this is.
2220   NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK);
2221 
2222   bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
2223                                     TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
2224                                     SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
2225                                     const IdentifierInfo *Name);
2226 
2227   enum TagUseKind {
2228     TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
2229     TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
2230     TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
2231     TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
2232   };
2233 
2234   Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
2235                  SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
2236                  SourceLocation NameLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
2237                  AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
2238                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl,
2239                  bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
2240                  bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
2241                  bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
2242                  SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2243 
2244   Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
2245                                 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
2246                                 CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
2247                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2248                                 const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
2249                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
2250 
2251   TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
2252                                unsigned TagSpec,
2253                                TagUseKind TUK,
2254                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2255                                IdentifierInfo *Name,
2256                                SourceLocation TagLoc,
2257                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
2258 
2259   void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2260                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
2261                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
2262   Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2263                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
2264 
2265   FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2266                          Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2267                          InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2268                          AccessSpecifier AS);
2269   MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
2270                                    SourceLocation DeclStart, Declarator &D,
2271                                    Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2272                                    InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2273                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
2274                                    const ParsedAttr &MSPropertyAttr);
2275 
2276   FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
2277                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2278                             RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
2279                             bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2280                             InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2281                             SourceLocation TSSL,
2282                             AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
2283                             Declarator *D = nullptr);
2284 
2285   bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
2286   void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
2287 
2288   enum TrivialABIHandling {
2289     /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi".
2290     TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI,
2291 
2292     /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi".
2293     TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI
2294   };
2295 
2296   bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
2297                               TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI,
2298                               bool Diagnose = false);
2299   CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2300   void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
2301                          SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
2302   Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2303                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2304                   tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
2305 
2306   // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
2307   void ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
2308                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
2309                    SourceLocation RBrac, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
2310 
2311   /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
2312   /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
2313   /// struct, or union).
2314   void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2315 
2316   /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules.
2317   /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out
2318   /// in case of a structural mismatch.
2319   bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
2320                                 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody);
2321 
2322   typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
2323 
2324   /// Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
2325   SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
2326 
2327   Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
2328 
2329   /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
2330   /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
2331   /// member declarations.
2332   void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2333                                        SourceLocation FinalLoc,
2334                                        bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
2335                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2336 
2337   /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
2338   /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
2339   void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2340                                 SourceRange BraceRange);
2341 
2342   void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
2343 
2344   void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
2345 
2346   /// Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
2347   /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
2348   ///
2349   /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
2350   void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2351   void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2352 
2353   /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
2354   /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
2355   void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2356 
2357   EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2358                                       EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2359                                       SourceLocation IdLoc,
2360                                       IdentifierInfo *Id,
2361                                       Expr *val);
2362   bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2363   bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2364                               QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
2365                               const EnumDecl *Prev);
2366 
2367   /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2368   /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2369   SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2370                                       SourceLocation IILoc);
2371 
2372   Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2373                           SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2374                           const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
2375                           SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
2376   void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
2377                      Decl *EnumDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
2378                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
2379 
2380   DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2381 
2382   /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2383   void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2384   void PopDeclContext();
2385 
2386   /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2387   /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2388   void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2389   void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2390 
2391   /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2392   void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2393   void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2394 
2395   DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2396 
2397   /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2398   /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
2399   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2400   FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2401 
2402   /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2403   /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
2404   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2405   ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2406 
2407   /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2408   /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
2409   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2410   NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2411 
2412   /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2413   void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2414 
2415   /// Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2416   /// top level scope.
2417   ///
2418   /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2419   ///
2420   /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2421   void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2422 
2423   /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2424   /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2425   /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2426   ///
2427   /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2428   ///        enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2429   ///        directly within it.
2430   bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2431                      bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2432 
2433   /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2434   /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
2435   static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2436 
2437   /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2438   TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2439                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2440   bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2441 
2442   /// Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2443   /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2444   enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2445     /// Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2446     AMK_None,
2447     /// Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2448     /// an exact match.
2449     AMK_Redeclaration,
2450     /// Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2451     /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2452     AMK_Override,
2453     /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2454     /// a protocol requirement.
2455     AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2456   };
2457 
2458   /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2459   AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2460                                           IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2461                                           bool Implicit,
2462                                           VersionTuple Introduced,
2463                                           VersionTuple Deprecated,
2464                                           VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2465                                           bool IsUnavailable,
2466                                           StringRef Message,
2467                                           bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
2468                                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2469                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2470   TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2471                                        TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2472                                               unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2473   VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2474                                       VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2475                                       unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2476   UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2477                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid);
2478   DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2479                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2480   DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2481                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2482   MSInheritanceAttr *
2483   mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2484                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2485                          MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2486   FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2487                               IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2488                               int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2489   SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2490                                 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2491   CodeSegAttr *mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2492                                 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2493   AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2494                                           IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2495                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2496   MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2497                                 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2498   OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2499                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2500   InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL);
2501   InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D,
2502                                                 const InternalLinkageAttr &AL);
2503   CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL);
2504   CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const CommonAttr &AL);
2505 
2506   void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2507                            AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2508   void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2509                             LookupResult &OldDecls);
2510   bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2511                          bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2512   bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2513                                     Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2514   void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2515   void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2516   void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2517   void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2518   bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn);
2519   void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New);
2520   bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2521 
2522   // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2523   // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2524   enum AssignmentAction {
2525     AA_Assigning,
2526     AA_Passing,
2527     AA_Returning,
2528     AA_Converting,
2529     AA_Initializing,
2530     AA_Sending,
2531     AA_Casting,
2532     AA_Passing_CFAudited
2533   };
2534 
2535   /// C++ Overloading.
2536   enum OverloadKind {
2537     /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2538     /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2539     Ovl_Overload,
2540 
2541     /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2542     /// an existing declaration.
2543     Ovl_Match,
2544 
2545     /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2546     /// non-function.
2547     Ovl_NonFunction
2548   };
2549   OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2550                              FunctionDecl *New,
2551                              const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2552                              NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2553                              bool IsForUsingDecl);
2554   bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl,
2555                   bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true);
2556 
2557   /// Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2558   /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2559   ///
2560   /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2561   /// an available function, false otherwise.
2562   bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2563 
2564   ImplicitConversionSequence
2565   TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2566                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
2567                         bool AllowExplicit,
2568                         bool InOverloadResolution,
2569                         bool CStyle,
2570                         bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2571 
2572   bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2573   bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2574   bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2575   bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2576                            bool InOverloadResolution,
2577                            QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2578   bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2579                                QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2580   bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2581                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
2582   bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2583                                 QualType& ConvertedType);
2584   bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2585                                   const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2586                                   unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2587   void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2588                                   QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2589 
2590   void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2591   CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2592   bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2593                               CastKind &Kind,
2594                               CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2595                               bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
2596                               bool Diagnose = true);
2597   bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2598                                  bool InOverloadResolution,
2599                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
2600   bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2601                                     CastKind &Kind,
2602                                     CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2603                                     bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2604   bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2605                                  bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2606   bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2607                             QualType &ResultTy);
2608   bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2609   bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2610 
2611   ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2612                                              const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2613                                              QualType ResultType,
2614                                              Expr *Value,
2615                                              bool AllowNRVO = true);
2616 
2617   bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2618                                     ExprResult Init);
2619   ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2620                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2621                                        ExprResult Init,
2622                                        bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2623                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
2624   ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2625                                                  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2626                                                  NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2627                                                  CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2628 
2629   /// Check that the lifetime of the initializer (and its subobjects) is
2630   /// sufficient for initializing the entity, and perform lifetime extension
2631   /// (when permitted) if not.
2632   void checkInitializerLifetime(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Init);
2633 
2634   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2635   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2636 
2637   /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2638   enum CCEKind {
2639     CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
2640     CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2641     CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2642     CCEK_NewExpr,     ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2643     CCEK_ConstexprIf  ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement.
2644   };
2645   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2646                                               llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2647   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2648                                               APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2649 
2650   /// Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2651   /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2652   class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2653   public:
2654     bool Suppress;
2655     bool SuppressConversion;
2656 
2657     ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2658                                 bool SuppressConversion = false)
Suppress(Suppress)2659         : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2660 
2661     /// Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2662     /// for this conversion.
2663     virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2664 
2665     /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2666     /// integral or enumeration type.
2667     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2668     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2669 
2670     /// Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2671     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2672     diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2673 
2674     /// Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2675     /// is explicit.
2676     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2677         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2678 
2679     /// Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2680     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2681     noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2682 
2683     /// Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2684     /// functions.
2685     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2686     diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2687 
2688     /// Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2689     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2690     noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2691 
2692     /// Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2693     /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2694     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2695         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2696 
~ContextualImplicitConverter()2697     virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2698   };
2699 
2700   class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2701     bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2702 
2703   public:
ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,bool Suppress,bool SuppressConversion)2704     ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2705                         bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2706         : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2707           AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2708 
2709     /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2710     bool match(QualType T) override;
2711 
2712     SemaDiagnosticBuilder
diagnoseNoMatch(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)2713     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2714       return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2715     }
2716 
2717     /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2718     /// integral or enumeration type.
2719     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2720     diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2721   };
2722 
2723   /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2724   ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2725       SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2726 
2727 
2728   enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2729     OS_Array,
2730     OS_Dictionary,
2731     OS_Error
2732   };
2733   ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2734 
2735   // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2736   // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2737   enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2738     LK_Array,
2739     LK_Dictionary,
2740     LK_Numeric,
2741     LK_Boxed,
2742     LK_String,
2743     LK_Block,
2744     LK_None
2745   };
2746   ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2747 
2748   ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2749                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2750                                            NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2751                                            NamedDecl *Member);
2752 
2753   // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2754   // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2755   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2756   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2757 
2758   using ADLCallKind = CallExpr::ADLCallKind;
2759 
2760   void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2761                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2762                             OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2763                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2764                             bool PartialOverloading = false,
2765                             bool AllowExplicit = false,
2766                             ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL,
2767                             ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2768   void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2769                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2770                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2771                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2772                       bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2773                       bool PartialOverloading = false,
2774                       bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false);
2775   void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2776                           QualType ObjectType,
2777                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2778                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2779                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2780                           bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2781   void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2782                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2783                           CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2784                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2785                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2786                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2787                           bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2788                           bool PartialOverloading = false,
2789                           ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2790   void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2791                                   DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2792                                   CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2793                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2794                                   QualType ObjectType,
2795                                   Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2796                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2797                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2798                                   bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2799                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2800   void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2801       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2802       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2803       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2804       bool PartialOverloading = false,
2805       ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL);
2806   bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2807                                     ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
2808                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2809                                     OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2810                                     ConversionSequenceList &Conversions,
2811                                     bool SuppressUserConversions,
2812                                     CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr,
2813                                     QualType ObjectType = QualType(),
2814                                     Expr::Classification
2815                                         ObjectClassification = {});
2816   void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2817                               DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2818                               CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2819                               Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2820                               OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2821                               bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
2822                               bool AllowResultConversion = true);
2823   void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2824                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2825                                       CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2826                                       Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2827                                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2828                                       bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
2829                                       bool AllowResultConversion = true);
2830   void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2831                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2832                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2833                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2834                              Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2835                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2836   void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2837                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2838                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2839                                    SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2840   void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2841                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2842                            bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2843                            unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2844   void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2845                                     SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2846                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2847   void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2848                                             SourceLocation Loc,
2849                                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2850                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2851                                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2852                                             bool PartialOverloading = false);
2853 
2854   // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2855   void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
2856                              QualType DestType = QualType(),
2857                              bool TakingAddress = false);
2858 
2859   // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2860   // the expression Expr
2861   void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2862                                  bool TakingAddress = false);
2863 
2864   /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2865   /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2866   EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2867                               bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2868 
2869   /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean
2870   /// constant expression, and describe it with a string.
2871   std::pair<Expr *, std::string> findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond);
2872 
2873   /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2874   /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2875   ///
2876   /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a
2877   /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call.
2878   ///
2879   /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2880   bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2881                                            const Expr *ThisArg,
2882                                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2883                                            SourceLocation Loc);
2884 
2885   /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2886   /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2887   ///
2888   /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use
2889   /// of a function.
2890   ///
2891   /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2892   bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND,
2893                                              SourceLocation Loc);
2894 
2895   /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2896   /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2897   ///
2898   /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2899   bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2900                                          bool Complain = false,
2901                                          SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2902 
2903   // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2904   // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2905   // R (A) --> R(A)
2906   // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2907   // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2908   // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2909   QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2910 
2911   FunctionDecl *
2912   ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2913                                      QualType TargetType,
2914                                      bool Complain,
2915                                      DeclAccessPair &Found,
2916                                      bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2917 
2918   FunctionDecl *
2919   resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E,
2920                                               DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
2921 
2922   bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(
2923       ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false);
2924 
2925   FunctionDecl *
2926   ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2927                                               bool Complain = false,
2928                                               DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2929 
2930   bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2931                       ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2932                       bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2933                       bool Complain = false,
2934                       SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2935                       QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2936                       unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2937 
2938 
2939   Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2940                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2941                                        FunctionDecl *Fn);
2942   ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2943                                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2944                                             FunctionDecl *Fn);
2945 
2946   void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2947                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2948                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2949                                    bool PartialOverloading = false);
2950 
2951   // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2952   // range-based for loop.
2953   enum ForRangeStatus {
2954     FRS_Success,
2955     FRS_NoViableFunction,
2956     FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2957   };
2958 
2959   ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2960                                            SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2961                                            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2962                                            LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2963                                            OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2964                                            Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2965 
2966   ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2967                                      UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2968                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2969                                      MultiExprArg Args,
2970                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2971                                      Expr *ExecConfig,
2972                                      bool AllowTypoCorrection=true,
2973                                      bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false);
2974 
2975   bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2976                               MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2977                               OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2978                               ExprResult *Result);
2979 
2980   ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2981                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2982                                      const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2983                                      Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true);
2984 
2985   ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2986                                    BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2987                                    const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2988                                    Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
2989                                    bool RequiresADL = true);
2990 
2991   ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2992                                                 SourceLocation RLoc,
2993                                                 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2994 
2995   ExprResult
2996   BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2997                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2998                             MultiExprArg Args,
2999                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3000   ExprResult
3001   BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3002                                MultiExprArg Args,
3003                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3004 
3005   ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3006                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3007                                       bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
3008 
3009   /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
3010   /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
3011   /// that best represents the call.
3012   bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
3013                            CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
3014 
3015   /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
3016   bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
3017                                 bool CheckParameterNames);
3018   void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
3019   void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
3020   Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
3021 
3022   /// \name Name lookup
3023   ///
3024   /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
3025   /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
3026   /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
3027   /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
3028   /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
3029   /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
3030   ///
3031   /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
3032   /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
3033   /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
3034   /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
3035   /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
3036   /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
3037   /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
3038   ///
3039   /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
3040   /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
3041   /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
3042   /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
3043   /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
3044   /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
3045   /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
3046   /// the ability to distinguish among them.
3047   //@{
3048 
3049   /// Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
3050   enum LookupNameKind {
3051     /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
3052     /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
3053     /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
3054     LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
3055     /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
3056     /// structs, and unions.
3057     LookupTagName,
3058     /// Label name lookup.
3059     LookupLabel,
3060     /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
3061     /// class/struct/union members.
3062     LookupMemberName,
3063     /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
3064     /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
3065     /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
3066     LookupOperatorName,
3067     /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
3068     /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
3069     /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
3070     LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
3071     /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
3072     /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
3073     /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
3074     LookupNamespaceName,
3075     /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
3076     /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
3077     /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
3078     LookupUsingDeclName,
3079     /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
3080     /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
3081     /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
3082     /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
3083     LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
3084     /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
3085     /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
3086     LookupLocalFriendName,
3087     /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
3088     LookupObjCProtocolName,
3089     /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
3090     LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
3091     /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
3092     LookupOMPReductionName,
3093     /// Look up any declaration with any name.
3094     LookupAnyName
3095   };
3096 
3097   /// Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
3098   /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
3099   enum RedeclarationKind {
3100     /// The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
3101     /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
3102     NotForRedeclaration = 0,
3103     /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
3104     /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible.
3105     ForVisibleRedeclaration,
3106     /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name
3107     /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage
3108     /// may also be found.
3109     ForExternalRedeclaration
3110   };
3111 
forRedeclarationInCurContext()3112   RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() {
3113     // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against
3114     // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if
3115     // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things
3116     // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general.
3117     if (cast<Decl>(CurContext)
3118             ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true))
3119       return ForVisibleRedeclaration;
3120     return ForExternalRedeclaration;
3121   }
3122 
3123   /// The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
3124   enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
3125     /// The lookup resulted in an error.
3126     LOLR_Error,
3127     /// The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued.
3128     LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic,
3129     /// The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
3130     /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
3131     LOLR_Cooked,
3132     /// The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
3133     /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
3134     LOLR_Raw,
3135     /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
3136     /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
3137     /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
3138     LOLR_Template,
3139     /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
3140     /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
3141     /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
3142     LOLR_StringTemplate
3143   };
3144 
3145   SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
3146                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
3147                                                   bool ConstArg,
3148                                                   bool VolatileArg,
3149                                                   bool RValueThis,
3150                                                   bool ConstThis,
3151                                                   bool VolatileThis);
3152 
3153   typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
3154   typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
3155       TypoRecoveryCallback;
3156 
3157 private:
3158   bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
3159 
3160   struct TypoExprState {
3161     std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
3162     TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
3163     TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
3164     TypoExprState();
3165     TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
3166     TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
3167   };
3168 
3169   /// The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
3170   llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
3171 
3172   /// Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
3173   TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
3174                               TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
3175                               TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
3176 
3177   // The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
3178   //
3179   // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
3180   // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
3181   llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
3182 
3183   /// Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
3184   /// source.
3185   bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
3186 
3187   /// Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
3188   /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
3189   /// should be skipped entirely.
3190   std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
3191   makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3192                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
3193                              CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3194                              std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3195                              DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
3196                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
3197                              bool ErrorRecovery);
3198 
3199 public:
3200   const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
3201 
3202   /// Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
3203   void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
3204 
3205   /// Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
3206   /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
3207   ///
3208   /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
3209   /// ambiguity and overloaded.
3210   NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
3211                               SourceLocation Loc,
3212                               LookupNameKind NameKind,
3213                               RedeclarationKind Redecl
3214                                 = NotForRedeclaration);
3215   bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
3216                   bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
3217   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
3218                            bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
3219   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
3220                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3221   bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3222                         bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
3223                         bool EnteringContext = false);
3224   ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
3225                                    RedeclarationKind Redecl
3226                                      = NotForRedeclaration);
3227   bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3228 
3229   void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
3230                                     QualType T1, QualType T2,
3231                                     UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
3232 
3233   LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3234                                  SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
3235 
3236   DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3237   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3238   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3239                                                unsigned Quals);
3240   CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
3241                                          bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
3242   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3243                                               unsigned Quals);
3244   CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
3245                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
3246   CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3247 
3248   bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
3249   LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3250                                                     ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
3251                                                     bool AllowRaw,
3252                                                     bool AllowTemplate,
3253                                                     bool AllowStringTemplate,
3254                                                     bool DiagnoseMissing);
3255   bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
3256 
3257   void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3258                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
3259 
3260   void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
3261                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3262                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
3263                           bool LoadExternal = true);
3264   void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
3265                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3266                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
3267                           bool IncludeDependentBases = false,
3268                           bool LoadExternal = true);
3269 
3270   enum CorrectTypoKind {
3271     CTK_NonError,     // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
3272     CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
3273   };
3274 
3275   TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3276                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
3277                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3278                              std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3279                              CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3280                              DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3281                              bool EnteringContext = false,
3282                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
3283                              bool RecordFailure = true);
3284 
3285   TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3286                                Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
3287                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3288                                std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3289                                TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
3290                                TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3291                                DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3292                                bool EnteringContext = false,
3293                                const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
3294 
3295   /// Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
3296   /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
3297   /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
3298   /// more typos could not be corrected.
3299   ///
3300   /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
3301   ///
3302   /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
3303   /// initializer.
3304   ///
3305   /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
3306   /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
3307   /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
3308   /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
3309   ExprResult
3310   CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3311                             llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3312                                 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
3313 
3314   ExprResult
CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr * E,llvm::function_ref<ExprResult (Expr *)> Filter)3315   CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
3316                             llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3317     return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
3318   }
3319 
3320   ExprResult
3321   CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3322                             llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3323                                 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
3324     return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
3325   }
3326 
3327   ExprResult
CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,llvm::function_ref<ExprResult (Expr *)> Filter)3328   CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
3329                             llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3330     return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
3331   }
3332 
3333   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3334                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3335                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3336 
3337   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3338                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3339                     const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
3340                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3341 
3342   void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F);
3343 
3344   void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
3345                                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3346                                    AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
3347                                    AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
3348 
3349   void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
3350                             bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
3351 
3352   bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old);
3353 
3354   void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
3355   //@}
3356 
3357   ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
3358                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
3359                                           bool TypoCorrection = false);
3360   NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
3361                                  Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
3362                                  SourceLocation Loc);
3363   NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
3364                                       Scope *S);
3365   void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
3366 
3367   // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
3368 
3369   void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3370   // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3371   void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
3372   // Helper for delayed processing of attributes.
3373   void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D,
3374                                    const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
3375   void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttributesView &AL,
3376                              bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
3377   bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
3378                                    const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
3379 
3380   void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
3381 
3382   /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
3383   /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
3384   /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
3385   /// type as valid.
3386   bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
3387 
3388   bool CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, unsigned &value);
3389   bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, CallingConv &CC,
3390                             const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
3391   bool CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr);
3392   bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr);
3393   bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attr, unsigned ArgNum,
3394                                       StringRef &Str,
3395                                       SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
3396   bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3397   bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3398   bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
3399       CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
3400       MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
3401 
3402   void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
3403 
3404   /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
3405   /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
3406   /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
3407   void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
3408                               SourceLocation Loc);
3409 
3410   // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
3411   // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
3412   // one that came from a typedef.
3413   bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
3414 
3415   /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
3416   /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
3417   const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
3418 
3419   /// Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3420   StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt,
3421                                    const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
3422                                    SourceRange Range);
3423 
3424   void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3425                                    ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3426                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3427 
3428   void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3429                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
3430                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3431 
3432   /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3433   /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3434   void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3435                              ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3436                              bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3437 
3438   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3439 
3440   /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3441   /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3442   void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3443                                 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3444                                 SourceLocation Loc);
3445 
3446   /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3447   /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3448   void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3449                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3450                                  bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3451 
3452   /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3453   /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3454   void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3455                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3456                                        bool SynthesizeProperties);
3457 
3458   /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3459   void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3460 
3461   /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3462   /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3463   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl,
3464                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
3465                                    SourceLocation AtEnd);
3466   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd);
3467 
3468   /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3469   /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3470   /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3471   bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3472                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3473 
3474   /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3475   /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3476   void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3477                                            const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3478 
3479   /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3480   /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3481   /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3482   ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3483                                                const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3484 
3485   /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3486   /// class extensions.
3487   ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3488                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
3489                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3490                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
3491                       Selector GetterSel,
3492                       SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
3493                       Selector SetterSel,
3494                       SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
3495                       const bool isReadWrite,
3496                       unsigned &Attributes,
3497                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3498                       QualType T,
3499                       TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3500                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3501 
3502   /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3503   /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3504   ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3505                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3506                                        SourceLocation AtLoc,
3507                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3508                                        FieldDeclarator &FD,
3509                                        Selector GetterSel,
3510                                        SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
3511                                        Selector SetterSel,
3512                                        SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
3513                                        const bool isReadWrite,
3514                                        const unsigned Attributes,
3515                                        const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3516                                        QualType T,
3517                                        TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3518                                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3519                                        DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3520 
3521   /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3522   /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3523   /// setter or getter.
3524   void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3525                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3526 
3527   void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3528 
3529   void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3530                                           const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3531                                           const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3532 
3533   void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3534 
3535   enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3536     MMS_loose,
3537     MMS_strict
3538   };
3539 
3540   /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3541   /// true, or false, accordingly.
3542   bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3543                                   const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3544                                   MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3545 
3546   /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3547   /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3548   void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3549                                   const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3550                                   SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3551                                   SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3552                                   ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3553                                   ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3554                                   bool &IncompleteImpl,
3555                                   bool ImmediateClass,
3556                                   bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3557 
3558   /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3559   /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3560   /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3561   void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3562 
3563   /// Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3564   void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3565 
3566 private:
3567   /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3568   /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3569   void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3570 
3571   /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3572   /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3573   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3574                                            bool receiverIdOrClass,
3575                                            bool instance);
3576 
3577 public:
3578   /// - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3579   /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and
3580   /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such
3581   /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it
3582   /// returns true.
3583   bool
3584   CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3585                                      SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3586                                      bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
3587                                      const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr);
3588 
3589   bool
3590   AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3591                                  SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass,
3592                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3593 
3594   void
3595   DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3596                                      Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3597                                      bool receiverIdOrClass);
3598 
3599 private:
3600   /// - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3601   /// nullptr if none could be found
3602   ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3603                                    bool IsInstance,
3604                                    SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3605 
3606 
3607   /// Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3608   TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3609                                   bool RecordFailure = true) {
3610     if (RecordFailure)
3611       TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3612     return TypoCorrection();
3613   }
3614 
3615 public:
3616   /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3617   /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3618   /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3619   /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3620   void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3621     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3622   }
3623 
3624   /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3625   void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3626     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3627   }
3628 
3629   /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3630   /// pool.
3631   void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3632 
3633   /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3634   /// there are multiple signatures.
3635   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3636                                                    bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3637     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3638                                     /*instance*/true);
3639   }
3640 
3641   /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3642   /// there are multiple signatures.
3643   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3644                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3645     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3646                                     /*instance*/false);
3647   }
3648 
3649   const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3650                               QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3651   /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3652   /// implementation.
3653   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3654 
3655   /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3656   /// initialization.
3657   void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3658                                   SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3659 
3660   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3661   // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3662 public:
3663   class FullExprArg {
3664   public:
FullExprArg()3665     FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { }
FullExprArg(Sema & actions)3666     FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3667 
release()3668     ExprResult release() {
3669       return E;
3670     }
3671 
get()3672     Expr *get() const { return E; }
3673 
3674     Expr *operator->() {
3675       return E;
3676     }
3677 
3678   private:
3679     // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3680     // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3681     friend class Sema;
3682 
FullExprArg(Expr * expr)3683     explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3684 
3685     Expr *E;
3686   };
3687 
MakeFullExpr(Expr * Arg)3688   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3689     return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3690   }
MakeFullExpr(Expr * Arg,SourceLocation CC)3691   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3692     return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3693   }
MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr * Arg)3694   FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3695     ExprResult FE =
3696       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3697                           /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3698     return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3699   }
3700 
3701   StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3702   StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3703 
3704   StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3705                            bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3706 
3707   void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr);
3708   void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3709   StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3710                                ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3711 
3712   /// A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3713   class CompoundScopeRAII {
3714   public:
S(S)3715     CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) {
3716       S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr);
3717     }
3718 
~CompoundScopeRAII()3719     ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3720       S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3721     }
3722 
3723   private:
3724     Sema &S;
3725   };
3726 
3727   /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3728   struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3729     Sema &S;
3730     bool Active;
FunctionScopeRAIIFunctionScopeRAII3731     FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
~FunctionScopeRAIIFunctionScopeRAII3732     ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3733       if (Active)
3734         S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3735     }
disableFunctionScopeRAII3736     void disable() { Active = false; }
3737   };
3738 
3739   StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3740                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
3741                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
3742   void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3743   StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3744   ExprResult ActOnCaseExpr(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult Val);
3745   StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult LHS,
3746                            SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, ExprResult RHS,
3747                            SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3748   void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3749 
3750   StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3751                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3752                                       Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3753   StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3754                             SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3755 
3756   StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3757                                  ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3758                                  Stmt *SubStmt);
3759 
3760   class ConditionResult;
3761   StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3762                          Stmt *InitStmt,
3763                          ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3764                          SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3765   StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3766                          Stmt *InitStmt,
3767                          ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3768                          SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3769   StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3770                                     Stmt *InitStmt,
3771                                     ConditionResult Cond);
3772   StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3773                                            Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3774   StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond,
3775                             Stmt *Body);
3776   StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3777                          SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
3778                          Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
3779 
3780   StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3781                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3782                           Stmt *First,
3783                           ConditionResult Second,
3784                           FullExprArg Third,
3785                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3786                           Stmt *Body);
3787   ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3788                                            Expr *collection);
3789   StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3790                                         Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3791                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3792   StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3793 
3794   enum BuildForRangeKind {
3795     /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3796     BFRK_Build,
3797     /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3798     /// attempt any typo-correction.
3799     BFRK_Rebuild,
3800     /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3801     /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3802     BFRK_Check
3803   };
3804 
3805   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3806                                   SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3807                                   Stmt *InitStmt,
3808                                   Stmt *LoopVar,
3809                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3810                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3811                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3812   StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3813                                   SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3814                                   Stmt *InitStmt,
3815                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3816                                   Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
3817                                   Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3818                                   Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
3819                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3820                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3821   StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3822 
3823   StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3824                            SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3825                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3826   StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3827                                    SourceLocation StarLoc,
3828                                    Expr *DestExp);
3829   StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3830   StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3831 
3832   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3833                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3834   typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3835   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3836                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3837                                 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3838   StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3839   void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3840   RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3841                                            SourceLocation Loc,
3842                                            unsigned NumParams);
3843 
3844   enum CopyElisionSemanticsKind {
3845     CES_Strict = 0,
3846     CES_AllowParameters = 1,
3847     CES_AllowDifferentTypes = 2,
3848     CES_AllowExceptionVariables = 4,
3849     CES_FormerDefault = (CES_AllowParameters),
3850     CES_Default = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes),
3851     CES_AsIfByStdMove = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes |
3852                          CES_AllowExceptionVariables),
3853   };
3854 
3855   VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3856                                    CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK);
3857   bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3858                               CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK);
3859 
3860   StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3861                              Scope *CurScope);
3862   StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3863   StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3864 
3865   StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3866                              bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3867                              unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3868                              MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3869                              Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3870                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3871 
3872   void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res,
3873                                    llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info);
3874   ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3875                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3876                                        UnqualifiedId &Id,
3877                                        bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3878   bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3879                             unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3880   ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3881                                          SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3882   StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3883                             ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3884                             StringRef AsmString,
3885                             unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3886                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3887                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3888                             ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3889                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
3890   LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3891                                    SourceLocation Location,
3892                                    bool AlwaysCreate);
3893 
3894   VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3895                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
3896                                   SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3897                                   bool Invalid = false);
3898 
3899   Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3900 
3901   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3902                                   Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3903 
3904   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3905 
3906   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3907                                 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3908 
3909   StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3910   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3911                                   Scope *CurScope);
3912   ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3913                                             Expr *operand);
3914   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3915                                          Expr *SynchExpr,
3916                                          Stmt *SynchBody);
3917 
3918   StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3919 
3920   VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3921                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
3922                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
3923                                      IdentifierInfo *Id);
3924 
3925   Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3926 
3927   StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3928                                 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3929   StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3930                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3931 
3932   StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3933                               SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3934                               Stmt *Handler);
3935   StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3936                                  Expr *FilterExpr,
3937                                  Stmt *Block);
3938   void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3939   void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3940   StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3941   StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3942 
3943   void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3944 
3945   bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3946 
3947   /// If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3948   /// of it.
3949   void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3950 
3951   /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3952   /// whose result is unused, warn.
3953   void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3954   void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3955   void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3956 
3957   /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3958   /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3959   ///
3960   /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3961   ///     if (condition);
3962   ///       do_stuff();
3963   void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3964                              const Stmt *Body,
3965                              unsigned DiagID);
3966 
3967   /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3968   /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3969   void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3970                              const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3971 
3972   /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3973   void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3974                         SourceLocation OpLoc);
3975 
3976   /// Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3977   /// _Nonnull one.
3978   void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3979                                            SourceLocation Loc);
3980 
3981   /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr.
3982   void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E);
3983 
PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool & pool)3984   ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3985     return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3986   }
3987   void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3988 
3989   typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
PushParsingClass()3990   ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3991     return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3992   }
PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state)3993   void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3994     DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3995   }
3996 
3997   void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3998 
3999   void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs,
4000                                   const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
4001                                   bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
4002                                   bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false,
4003                                   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr);
4004 
4005   bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
4006                                      UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
4007 
4008   /// Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD
4009   void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD);
4010 
4011   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4012   // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
4013 
4014   bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
4015   bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs,
4016                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr,
4017                          bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false,
4018                          bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false,
4019                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReciever = nullptr);
4020   void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
4021   void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4022   std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
4023   bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
4024                                         ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
4025                                         SourceLocation Loc);
4026   void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
4027                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
4028 
4029   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
4030       ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
4031       ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type =
4032           ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other);
4033   enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
4034   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
4035       ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
4036       ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type =
4037           ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other);
4038   void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
4039 
4040   void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
4041 
4042   ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
4043   ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
4044 
4045   ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
4046 
4047   // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
4048   // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
4049   // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
4050   // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
4051   // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
4052   // named expressions.
4053   //
4054   // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
4055   // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
4056   // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
4057   // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
4058   // explicit nested-name-specifier).
4059   void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
4060   void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
4061                               bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
4062   void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
4063   void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr);
4064   void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
4065 
4066   void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
4067   void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
4068 
4069   enum TryCaptureKind {
4070     TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
4071   };
4072 
4073   /// Try to capture the given variable.
4074   ///
4075   /// \param Var The variable to capture.
4076   ///
4077   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
4078   ///
4079   /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
4080   /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
4081   ///
4082   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
4083   /// an explicit lambda capture.
4084   ///
4085   /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
4086   /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
4087   /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
4088   /// if the variable cannot be captured.
4089   ///
4090   /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
4091   /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
4092   /// variable can be captured.
4093   ///
4094   /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
4095   /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
4096   /// captured.
4097   ///
4098   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4099   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4100   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4101   /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4102   /// a nested generic lambda.
4103   ///
4104   /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
4105   /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
4106   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
4107                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
4108                           QualType &CaptureType,
4109                           QualType &DeclRefType,
4110                           const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
4111 
4112   /// Try to capture the given variable.
4113   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
4114                           TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
4115                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
4116 
4117   /// Checks if the variable must be captured.
4118   bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
4119 
4120   /// Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
4121   /// variable will have in the given scope.
4122   QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
4123 
4124   /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as
4125   /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent
4126   /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced.
4127   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
4128   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
4129                                         bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
4130 
4131   /// Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
4132   /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
4133   /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
4134   bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
4135                             bool ForceComplain = false,
4136                             bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
4137 
4138   /// Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
4139   bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
4140                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
4141 
4142   /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
4143   /// evaluation context.
4144   ///
4145   /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
4146   /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
4147   /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
4148   /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
4149   bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
4150                            const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
4151 
4152   // Primary Expressions.
4153   SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
4154 
4155   ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
4156       Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4157       UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
4158       std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
4159       bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
4160 
4161   void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
4162                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
4163                               DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4164                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
4165 
4166   bool
4167   DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
4168                       std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4169                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
4170                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
4171 
4172   ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
4173                                 IdentifierInfo *II,
4174                                 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
4175 
4176   ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4177                                         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4178                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4179                                         bool isAddressOfOperand,
4180                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4181 
4182   ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
4183                               ExprValueKind VK,
4184                               SourceLocation Loc,
4185                               const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
4186   ExprResult
4187   BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
4188                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4189                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
4190                    NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
4191                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
4192   ExprResult
4193   BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4194       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4195       SourceLocation nameLoc,
4196       IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
4197       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
4198       Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
4199       SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
4200 
4201   ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4202                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4203                                              LookupResult &R,
4204                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4205                                              const Scope *S);
4206   ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4207                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4208                                      LookupResult &R,
4209                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4210                                      bool IsDefiniteInstance,
4211                                      const Scope *S);
4212   bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4213                                   const LookupResult &R,
4214                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
4215 
4216   ExprResult
4217   BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4218                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4219                                     bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
4220                                     TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
4221 
4222   ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4223                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4224                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4225                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4226 
4227   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4228                                       LookupResult &R,
4229                                       bool NeedsADL,
4230                                       bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
4231   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
4232       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
4233       NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
4234       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
4235       bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
4236 
4237   ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
4238                       DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
4239                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4240                       SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
4241                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
4242 
4243   ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
4244                                  PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK);
4245   ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4246   ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
4247 
4248   bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
4249 
4250   ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4251   ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
4252                                     Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4253   ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
4254   ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
4255                                 SourceLocation R,
4256                                 MultiExprArg Val);
4257 
4258   /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
4259   /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
4260   ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
4261                                 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4262 
4263   ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4264                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4265                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4266                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
4267                                        ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
4268                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
4269   ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4270                                         SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4271                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4272                                         Expr *ControllingExpr,
4273                                         ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
4274                                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
4275 
4276   // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4277   ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
4278                                   Expr *InputExpr);
4279   ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4280                           UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
4281   ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4282                           tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
4283 
4284   bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E);
4285   QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
4286 
4287   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4288                                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
4289                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4290                                             SourceRange R);
4291   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4292                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4293   ExprResult
4294     ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4295                                   UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4296                                   bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
4297                                   SourceRange ArgRange);
4298 
4299   ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
4300   bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
4301 
4302   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4303   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4304                                         SourceRange ExprRange,
4305                                         UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4306   ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
4307                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
4308                                           IdentifierInfo &Name,
4309                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
4310                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4311   ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4312                                  tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
4313 
4314   ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4315                                      Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4316   ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4317                                              Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4318   ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4319                                       Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4320                                       Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
4321 
4322   // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
4323   // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
4324   // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
4325   // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
4326   // defines a custom operator->).
4327   struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
4328     Scope *S;
4329     UnqualifiedId &Id;
4330     Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
4331   };
4332 
4333   ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
4334       Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
4335       CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4336       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4337       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4338       const Scope *S,
4339       ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4340 
4341   ExprResult
4342   BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4343                            bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4344                            SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4345                            NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
4346                            const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4347                            const Scope *S,
4348                            bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
4349                            ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4350 
4351   ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow,
4352                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,
4353                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field,
4354                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4355                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo);
4356 
4357   ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
4358 
4359   bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
4360                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4361                                      const LookupResult &R);
4362 
4363   ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
4364                                       bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4365                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4366                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4367                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
4368                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4369                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4370 
4371   ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4372                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
4373                                    tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4374                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4375                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4376                                    UnqualifiedId &Member,
4377                                    Decl *ObjCImpDecl);
4378 
4379   void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
4380   bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4381                                FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4382                                const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4383                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4384                                SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4385                                bool ExecConfig = false);
4386   void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4387                                 ParmVarDecl *Param,
4388                                 const Expr *ArgExpr);
4389 
4390   /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4391   /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4392   /// locations.
4393   ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4394                            MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4395                            Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
4396                            bool IsExecConfig = false);
4397   ExprResult
4398   BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4399                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4400                         Expr *Config = nullptr, bool IsExecConfig = false,
4401                         ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL);
4402 
4403   ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
4404                                      MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
4405                                      SourceLocation GGGLoc);
4406 
4407   ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4408                            Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
4409                            SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
4410   ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4411                                  TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4412                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4413                                  Expr *Op);
4414   CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
4415 
4416   /// Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
4417   ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4418                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
4419                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
4420 
4421   ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
4422 
4423   ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4424                                   ParsedType Ty,
4425                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4426                                   Expr *InitExpr);
4427 
4428   ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4429                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4430                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4431                                       Expr *LiteralExpr);
4432 
4433   ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
4434                            MultiExprArg InitArgList,
4435                            SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4436 
4437   ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
4438                                         SourceLocation Loc,
4439                                         bool GNUSyntax,
4440                                         ExprResult Init);
4441 
4442 private:
4443   static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
4444 
4445 public:
4446   ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4447                         tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4448   ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4449                         BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4450   ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
4451                                 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4452 
4453   void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
4454 
4455   /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
4456   /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
4457   ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4458                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4459                                 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4460 
4461   /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
4462   ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
4463                             LabelDecl *TheDecl);
4464 
4465   void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
4466   ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
4467                            SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
4468   void ActOnStmtExprError();
4469 
4470   // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
4471   struct OffsetOfComponent {
4472     SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
4473     bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
4474     union {
4475       IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
4476       Expr *E;
4477     } U;
4478   };
4479 
4480   /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
4481   ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4482                                   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4483                                   ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4484                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4485   ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4486                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4487                                   SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4488                                   ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4489                                   ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4490                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4491 
4492   // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4493   ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4494                              Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4495                              Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4496 
4497   // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4498   ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4499                         SourceLocation RPLoc);
4500   ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4501                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4502 
4503   // __null
4504   ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4505 
4506   bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4507 
4508   /// Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4509   enum IfExistsResult {
4510     /// The symbol exists.
4511     IER_Exists,
4512 
4513     /// The symbol does not exist.
4514     IER_DoesNotExist,
4515 
4516     /// The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4517     /// from one instantiation to the next.
4518     IER_Dependent,
4519 
4520     /// An error occurred.
4521     IER_Error
4522   };
4523 
4524   IfExistsResult
4525   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4526                                const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4527 
4528   IfExistsResult
4529   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4530                                bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4531                                UnqualifiedId &Name);
4532 
4533   StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4534                                         bool IsIfExists,
4535                                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4536                                         DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4537                                         Stmt *Nested);
4538   StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4539                                         bool IsIfExists,
4540                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4541                                         Stmt *Nested);
4542 
4543   //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4544 
4545   /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4546   /// started.
4547   void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4548 
4549   /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4550   /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4551   void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4552                            Scope *CurScope);
4553 
4554   /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4555   /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4556   void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4557 
4558   /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4559   /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
4560   ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4561                                 Scope *CurScope);
4562 
4563   //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4564 
4565   /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4566   ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4567                                     SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4568                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4569 
4570   //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4571 
4572   /// __builtin_astype(...)
4573   ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4574                              SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4575                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4576 
4577   //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4578 
4579   // Act on C++ namespaces
4580   Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4581                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4582                                SourceLocation IdentLoc, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4583                                SourceLocation LBrace,
4584                                const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
4585                                UsingDirectiveDecl *&UsingDecl);
4586   void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4587 
4588   NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4589   NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4590 
4591   NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace();
4592 
4593   CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4594   EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const;
4595 
4596 private:
4597   // A cache representing if we've fully checked the various comparison category
4598   // types stored in ASTContext. The bit-index corresponds to the integer value
4599   // of a ComparisonCategoryType enumerator.
4600   llvm::SmallBitVector FullyCheckedComparisonCategories;
4601 
4602   ValueDecl *tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4603                                          CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4604                                          ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4605                                          IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase);
4606 
4607 public:
4608   /// Lookup the specified comparison category types in the standard
4609   ///   library, an check the VarDecls possibly returned by the operator<=>
4610   ///   builtins for that type.
4611   ///
4612   /// \return The type of the comparison category type corresponding to the
4613   ///   specified Kind, or a null type if an error occurs
4614   QualType CheckComparisonCategoryType(ComparisonCategoryType Kind,
4615                                        SourceLocation Loc);
4616 
4617   /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4618   /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4619   bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4620 
4621   /// Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4622   /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4623   ///
4624   /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4625   QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4626 
4627   /// Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4628   /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4629   bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor);
4630 
4631   Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4632                             SourceLocation NamespcLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4633                             SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4634                             IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4635                             const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
4636 
4637   void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4638 
4639   Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4640                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4641                                SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4642                                IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4643                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4644                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4645                                IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4646 
4647   void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4648   bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4649                             const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4650                             UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4651   UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4652                                         NamedDecl *Target,
4653                                         UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4654 
4655   bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4656                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4657                                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4658                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
4659                                    const LookupResult &Previous);
4660   bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4661                                bool HasTypename,
4662                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4663                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4664                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
4665 
4666   NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(
4667       Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4668       bool HasTypenameKeyword, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4669       DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4670       const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, bool IsInstantiation);
4671   NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
4672                                 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions);
4673 
4674   bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4675 
4676   /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
4677   /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
4678   /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
4679   CXXConstructorDecl *
4680   findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
4681                             ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
4682 
4683   Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
4684                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4685                               SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4686                               UnqualifiedId &Name, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4687                               const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
4688   Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
4689                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4690                               SourceLocation UsingLoc, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4691                               const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
4692                               TypeResult Type, Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4693 
4694   /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4695   /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4696   ///
4697   /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4698   ExprResult
4699   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4700                         NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4701                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4702                         bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4703                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4704                         bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4705                         SourceRange ParenRange);
4706 
4707   /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
4708   /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
4709   ExprResult
4710   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4711                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4712                         MultiExprArg Exprs,
4713                         bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4714                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4715                         bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4716                         SourceRange ParenRange);
4717 
4718   // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4719   // the constructor can be elidable?
4720   ExprResult
4721   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4722                         NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4723                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4724                         MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4725                         bool IsListInitialization,
4726                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4727                         unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4728 
4729   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4730 
4731 
4732   /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary.
4733   /// Return true on error.
4734   bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
4735                               ParmVarDecl *Param);
4736 
4737   /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4738   /// the default expr if needed.
4739   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4740                                     FunctionDecl *FD,
4741                                     ParmVarDecl *Param);
4742 
4743   /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4744   /// constructed variable.
4745   void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4746 
4747   /// Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4748   /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4749   class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4750     // Pointer to allow copying
4751     Sema *Self;
4752     // We order exception specifications thus:
4753     // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4754     // throw() comes next.
4755     // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4756     // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4757     // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4758     ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4759     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4760     SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4761 
ClearExceptions()4762     void ClearExceptions() {
4763       ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4764       Exceptions.clear();
4765     }
4766 
4767   public:
ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema & Self)4768     explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4769       : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4770       if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4771         ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4772     }
4773 
4774     /// Get the computed exception specification type.
getExceptionSpecType()4775     ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4776       assert(!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) &&
4777              "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4778       return ComputedEST;
4779     }
4780 
4781     /// The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
size()4782     unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4783 
4784     /// The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
data()4785     const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4786 
4787     /// Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4788     void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4789 
4790     /// Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4791     void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4792 
4793     /// Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4794     /// computed exception specification.
getExceptionSpec()4795     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4796       FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4797       ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4798       if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4799         ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4800       } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4801         /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4802         ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4803         ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4804         ESI.Type = EST_NoexceptFalse;
4805         ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4806                                                      tok::kw_false).get();
4807       }
4808       return ESI;
4809     }
4810   };
4811 
4812   /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4813   /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4814   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4815   ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4816                                            CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4817 
4818   /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4819   /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4820   /// will be const.
4821   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4822   ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4823 
4824   /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4825   /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4826   /// parameter will be const.
4827   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4828   ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4829 
4830   /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4831   /// constructor of a class will have.
4832   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4833   ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4834 
4835   /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4836   /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4837   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4838   ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4839 
4840   /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4841   /// destructor of a class will have.
4842   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4843   ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4844 
4845   /// Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4846   /// constructor of a class will have.
4847   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4848   ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4849                                      CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4850 
4851   /// Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4852   /// special member function.
4853   void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4854 
4855   /// Check the given noexcept-specifier, convert its expression, and compute
4856   /// the appropriate ExceptionSpecificationType.
4857   ExprResult ActOnNoexceptSpec(SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, Expr *NoexceptExpr,
4858                                ExceptionSpecificationType &EST);
4859 
4860   /// Check the given exception-specification and update the
4861   /// exception specification information with the results.
4862   void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4863                                    ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4864                                    ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4865                                    ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4866                                    Expr *NoexceptExpr,
4867                                    SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4868                                    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4869 
4870   /// Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4871   /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4872   bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4873 
4874   /// Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4875   /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4876   /// after the method itself was declared.
4877   void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4878          ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4879          SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4880          ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4881          ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4882          Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4883 
4884   class InheritedConstructorInfo;
4885 
4886   /// Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4887   /// definition when it is defaulted.
4888   bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4889                                  InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
4890                                  bool Diagnose = false);
4891 
4892   /// Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4893   ///
4894   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4895   /// default constructor will be added.
4896   ///
4897   /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4898   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4899                                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4900 
4901   /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4902   /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4903   void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4904                                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4905 
4906   /// Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4907   ///
4908   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4909   /// destructor will be added.
4910   ///
4911   /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4912   CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4913 
4914   /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4915   /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4916   void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4917                                 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4918 
4919   /// Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4920   ///
4921   /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4922   /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4923   void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4924 
4925   /// Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4926   void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4927                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4928 
4929   /// Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4930   ///
4931   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4932   /// copy constructor will be added.
4933   ///
4934   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4935   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4936 
4937   /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4938   /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4939   void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4940                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4941 
4942   /// Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4943   ///
4944   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4945   /// move constructor will be added.
4946   ///
4947   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4948   /// declared.
4949   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4950 
4951   /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4952   /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4953   void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4954                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4955 
4956   /// Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4957   ///
4958   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4959   /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4960   ///
4961   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4962   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4963 
4964   /// Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4965   void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4966                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4967 
4968   /// Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4969   ///
4970   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4971   /// move assignment operator will be added.
4972   ///
4973   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4974   /// wasn't declared.
4975   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4976 
4977   /// Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4978   void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4979                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4980 
4981   /// Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4982   /// class.
4983   void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4984 
4985   /// Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
4986   void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
4987 
4988   /// Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4989   /// special member function.
4990   bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4991 
4992   /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4993   /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4994   ///
4995   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4996   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4997 
4998   /// Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4999   /// member function.
5000   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
5001 
5002   /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
5003   /// static member function.
5004   ///
5005   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
5006   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
5007 
5008   /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
5009   /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
5010   /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
5011   ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
5012 
5013   bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5014                                MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
5015                                SourceLocation Loc,
5016                                SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
5017                                bool AllowExplicit = false,
5018                                bool IsListInitialization = false);
5019 
5020   ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5021                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
5022                                           IdentifierInfo &Name);
5023 
5024   ParsedType getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5025                                 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5026                                 bool EnteringContext);
5027   ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5028                                IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5029                                Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5030                                ParsedType ObjectType,
5031                                bool EnteringContext);
5032 
5033   ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
5034                                           ParsedType ObjectType);
5035 
5036   // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
5037   void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
5038                                       bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
5039 
5040   /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
5041   ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5042                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
5043                                SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
5044                                Declarator &D,
5045                                SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
5046                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5047                                Expr *E,
5048                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5049 
5050   ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5051                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
5052                                TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
5053                                Expr *E,
5054                                SourceRange AngleBrackets,
5055                                SourceRange Parens);
5056 
5057   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
5058                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
5059                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
5060                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5061   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
5062                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
5063                             Expr *Operand,
5064                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5065 
5066   /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
5067   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5068                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
5069                             void *TyOrExpr,
5070                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5071 
5072   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
5073                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
5074                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
5075                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5076   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
5077                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
5078                             Expr *Operand,
5079                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5080 
5081   /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
5082   ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5083                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
5084                             void *TyOrExpr,
5085                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5086 
5087   /// Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
5088   ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
5089                               tok::TokenKind Operator,
5090                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
5091                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5092   ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
5093                               BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
5094                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
5095                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5096   ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5097                                    BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
5098 
5099   //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
5100   ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
5101 
5102   /// Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
5103   ///
5104   /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
5105   QualType getCurrentThisType();
5106 
5107   /// When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
5108   /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
5109   /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
5110   QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
5111 
5112   /// RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
5113   /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
5114   class CXXThisScopeRAII {
5115     Sema &S;
5116     QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
5117     bool Enabled;
5118 
5119   public:
5120     /// Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
5121     /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
5122     /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
5123     /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
5124     CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals,
5125                      bool Enabled = true);
5126 
5127     ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
5128   };
5129 
5130   /// Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
5131   /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
5132   ///
5133   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
5134   ///
5135   /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
5136   /// capture list.
5137   ///
5138   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
5139   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
5140   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
5141   /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
5142   /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
5143   /// a non-static member function or a static function).
5144   /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
5145   bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
5146       bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
5147       const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
5148       bool ByCopy = false);
5149 
5150   /// Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
5151   /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
5152   /// being defined.
5153   bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
5154 
5155   /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
5156   ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
5157 
5158 
5159   /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
5160   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
5161 
5162   ExprResult
5163   ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs,
5164                                  SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen);
5165 
5166   /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
5167   ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
5168 
5169   //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
5170   ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
5171   ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
5172                            bool IsThrownVarInScope);
5173   bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
5174 
5175   /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
5176   /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
5177   /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
5178   /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
5179   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
5180                                        SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
5181                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
5182                                        SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
5183                                        bool ListInitialization);
5184 
5185   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
5186                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5187                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
5188                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5189                                        bool ListInitialization);
5190 
5191   /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
5192   ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
5193                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
5194                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
5195                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
5196                          SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
5197                          Expr *Initializer);
5198   ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
5199                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
5200                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
5201                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
5202                          SourceRange TypeIdParens,
5203                          QualType AllocType,
5204                          TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
5205                          Expr *ArraySize,
5206                          SourceRange DirectInitRange,
5207                          Expr *Initializer);
5208 
5209   /// Determine whether \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation
5210   /// function that is unavailable.
5211   bool isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const;
5212 
5213   /// Produce diagnostics if \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation
5214   /// function that is unavailable.
5215   void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD,
5216                                             SourceLocation Loc);
5217 
5218   bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
5219                           SourceRange R);
5220 
5221   /// The scope in which to find allocation functions.
5222   enum AllocationFunctionScope {
5223     /// Only look for allocation functions in the global scope.
5224     AFS_Global,
5225     /// Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the
5226     /// allocated class.
5227     AFS_Class,
5228     /// Look for allocation functions in both the global scope
5229     /// and in the scope of the allocated class.
5230     AFS_Both
5231   };
5232 
5233   /// Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate
5234   /// for the allocation.
5235   bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
5236                                AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
5237                                AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
5238                                QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
5239                                bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
5240                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
5241                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
5242                                bool Diagnose = true);
5243   void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
5244   void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
5245                                        ArrayRef<QualType> Params);
5246 
5247   bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
5248                                 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
5249                                 bool Diagnose = true);
5250   FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
5251                                               bool CanProvideSize,
5252                                               bool Overaligned,
5253                                               DeclarationName Name);
5254   FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc,
5255                                                       CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5256 
5257   /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
5258   ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
5259                             bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
5260                             Expr *Operand);
5261   void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
5262                             bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
5263                             bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
5264                             SourceLocation DtorLoc);
5265 
5266   ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
5267                                Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
5268   ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
5269                                   SourceLocation RParen);
5270 
5271   /// Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
5272   ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5273                             ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
5274                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5275   ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5276                             ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
5277                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5278 
5279   /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support
5280   /// pseudo-functions.
5281   ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5282                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
5283                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
5284                                  Expr *DimExpr,
5285                                  SourceLocation RParen);
5286 
5287   ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5288                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
5289                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
5290                                  Expr *DimExpr,
5291                                  SourceLocation RParen);
5292 
5293   /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
5294   /// pseudo-functions.
5295   ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
5296                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5297                                   Expr *Queried,
5298                                   SourceLocation RParen);
5299 
5300   ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
5301                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5302                                   Expr *Queried,
5303                                   SourceLocation RParen);
5304 
5305   ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
5306                                           Expr *Base,
5307                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
5308                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5309                                           ParsedType &ObjectType,
5310                                           bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
5311 
5312   ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
5313                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
5314                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5315                                        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5316                                        TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
5317                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
5318                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5319                                      PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
5320 
5321   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5322                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
5323                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5324                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5325                                        UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
5326                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
5327                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5328                                        UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
5329 
5330   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5331                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
5332                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5333                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5334                                        const DeclSpec& DS);
5335 
5336   /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
5337   /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
5338   /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
5339   Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
5340   Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
5341   ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
5342 
5343   MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
5344   CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
5345                                  bool BoundToLvalueReference);
5346 
ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr * Expr)5347   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
5348     return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
5349                                           : SourceLocation());
5350   }
5351   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
5352                                  bool DiscardedValue = false,
5353                                  bool IsConstexpr = false);
5354   StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
5355 
5356   // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
5357   bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
5358 
5359   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
5360   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5361                                   bool EnteringContext = false);
5362   bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5363   CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5364 
5365   /// The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
5366   ///
5367   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5368   ///
5369   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5370   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5371   ///
5372   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5373   bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5374 
5375   /// The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
5376   ///
5377   /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
5378   ///
5379   /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
5380   ///
5381   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5382   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5383   ///
5384   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5385   bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5386                                 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5387 
5388   bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
5389                                        bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
5390   NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5391 
5392   /// Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec.
5393   ///
5394   struct NestedNameSpecInfo {
5395     /// The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in
5396     /// a member access expression.
5397     ParsedType ObjectType;
5398 
5399     /// The identifier preceding the '::'.
5400     IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
5401 
5402     /// The location of the identifier.
5403     SourceLocation IdentifierLoc;
5404 
5405     /// The location of the '::'.
5406     SourceLocation CCLoc;
5407 
5408     /// Creates info object for the most typical case.
5409     NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5410              SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType())
ObjectTypeNestedNameSpecInfo5411       : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc),
5412         CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5413     }
5414 
NestedNameSpecInfoNestedNameSpecInfo5415     NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5416                        SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType)
5417       : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II),
5418         IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5419     }
5420   };
5421 
5422   bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5423                                     NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo);
5424 
5425   bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5426                                    NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5427                                    bool EnteringContext,
5428                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5429                                    NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
5430                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
5431                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
5432                                    bool OnlyNamespace = false);
5433 
5434   /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
5435   ///
5436   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5437   ///
5438   /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
5439   /// nested-name-spec.
5440   ///
5441   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
5442   /// this nested-name-specifier.
5443   ///
5444   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5445   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5446   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5447   /// including this new type).
5448   ///
5449   /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
5450   /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
5451   ///
5452   /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
5453   /// are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
5454   /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
5455   ///
5456   /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup.
5457   ///
5458   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5459   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5460                                    NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5461                                    bool EnteringContext,
5462                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5463                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
5464                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
5465                                    bool OnlyNamespace = false);
5466 
5467   ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
5468 
5469   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5470                                            const DeclSpec &DS,
5471                                            SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
5472 
5473   bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5474                                  NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5475                                  bool EnteringContext);
5476 
5477   /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
5478   /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
5479   ///
5480   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5481   ///
5482   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5483   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5484   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5485   /// including this new type).
5486   ///
5487   /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5488   /// \param TemplateName the template name.
5489   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5490   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5491   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5492   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5493   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5494   ///
5495   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
5496   /// nested-name-specifier.
5497   ///
5498   ///
5499   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5500   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5501                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5502                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5503                                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5504                                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5505                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5506                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5507                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5508                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
5509                                    bool EnteringContext);
5510 
5511   /// Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
5512   /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
5513   /// nested-name-specifier.
5514   ///
5515   /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
5516   ///
5517   /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
5518   /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
5519   void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5520 
5521   /// Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
5522   /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
5523   ///
5524   /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
5525   /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
5526   ///
5527   /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
5528   ///
5529   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
5530   /// of the annotation pointer.
5531   void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
5532                                             SourceRange AnnotationRange,
5533                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5534 
5535   bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5536 
5537   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
5538   /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
5539   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
5540   /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
5541   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
5542   /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
5543   bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5544 
5545   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
5546   /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
5547   /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
5548   /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
5549   /// defining scope.
5550   void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5551 
5552   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
5553   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5554   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
5555   /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
5556   /// class X.
5557   void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5558 
5559   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
5560   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5561   void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5562 
5563   /// Create a new lambda closure type.
5564   CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5565                                          TypeSourceInfo *Info,
5566                                          bool KnownDependent,
5567                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
5568 
5569   /// Start the definition of a lambda expression.
5570   CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5571                                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5572                                        TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
5573                                        SourceLocation EndLoc,
5574                                        ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
5575                                        bool IsConstexprSpecified);
5576 
5577   /// Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
5578   void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
5579                         CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
5580                         SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5581                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
5582                         SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
5583                         bool ExplicitParams,
5584                         bool ExplicitResultType,
5585                         bool Mutable);
5586 
5587   /// Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5588   /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5589   /// not being used to initialize a reference.
actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,bool ByRef,IdentifierInfo * Id,LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind,Expr * & Init)5590   ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5591       SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5592       LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5593     return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5594         Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5595   }
5596   QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5597                                                 IdentifierInfo *Id,
5598                                                 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5599 
5600   /// Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5601   ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5602   ///
5603   ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5604   ///  variables appropriately.
5605   VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5606                                           QualType InitCaptureType,
5607                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
5608                                           unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5609 
5610   /// Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5611   FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5612 
5613   /// Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5614   /// given lambda.
5615   void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5616 
5617   /// Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5618   void addLambdaParameters(
5619       ArrayRef<LambdaIntroducer::LambdaCapture> Captures,
5620       CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5621 
5622   /// Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5623   /// statements present in the body.
5624   void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5625 
5626   /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5627   /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5628   /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5629   /// lambda.
5630   void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5631                                     Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5632 
5633   /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5634   /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5635   void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5636                         bool IsInstantiation = false);
5637 
5638   /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5639   /// was successfully completed.
5640   ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5641                              Scope *CurScope);
5642 
5643   /// Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects?
5644   bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From);
5645 
5646   /// Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. Returns true if a
5647   /// diagnostic is emitted.
5648   bool DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(SourceRange CaptureRange,
5649                                    const sema::Capture &From);
5650 
5651   /// Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5652   /// lambda body.
5653   ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5654                              sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5655 
5656   /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to
5657   /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator.
5658   QualType
5659   getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType);
5660 
5661   /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5662   /// function pointer.
5663   ///
5664   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5665   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5666   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5667   /// block pointer conversion.
5668   void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5669          SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5670 
5671   /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5672   /// block pointer.
5673   ///
5674   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5675   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5676   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5677   /// block pointer conversion.
5678   void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5679                                                     CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5680 
5681   ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5682                                            SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5683                                            CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5684                                            Expr *Src);
5685 
5686   // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5687   ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5688                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
5689 
5690   ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5691 
5692   /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5693   /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5694   /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5695   ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5696   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5697                                   bool Value);
5698   ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5699 
5700   /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5701   /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5702   /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5703   /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5704   /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5705   ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5706 
5707   ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5708                                           Expr *IndexExpr,
5709                                           ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5710                                           ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5711 
5712   ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5713                                MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
5714 
5715   ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5716                                   TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5717                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5718   ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5719                                     CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5720                                     bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5721 
5722   ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5723                                        SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5724                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5725                                        ParsedType Ty,
5726                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5727 
5728   /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5729   ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5730                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
5731                                          SourceLocation SelLoc,
5732                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5733                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5734                                          bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5735 
5736   /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5737   ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5738                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
5739                                          SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5740                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5741                                          SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5742                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5743 
5744   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5745   // C++ Declarations
5746   //
5747   Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5748                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5749                                        Expr *LangStr,
5750                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5751   Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5752                                         Decl *LinkageSpec,
5753                                         SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5754 
5755 
5756   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5757   // C++ Classes
5758   //
5759   CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentClass(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5760   bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5761                           const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5762   bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5763 
5764   bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, SourceLocation ASLoc,
5765                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5766                             const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs);
5767 
5768   NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5769                                  Declarator &D,
5770                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5771                                  Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5772                                  InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5773 
5774   void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5775   void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5776                                               SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5777                                               Expr *Init);
5778 
5779   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5780                                     Scope *S,
5781                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5782                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5783                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5784                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
5785                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
5786                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5787                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5788                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5789                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5790 
5791   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5792                                     Scope *S,
5793                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5794                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5795                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5796                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
5797                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
5798                                     Expr *InitList,
5799                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5800 
5801   MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5802                                     Scope *S,
5803                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5804                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5805                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5806                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
5807                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
5808                                     Expr *Init,
5809                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5810 
5811   MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5812                                        Expr *Init,
5813                                        SourceLocation IdLoc);
5814 
5815   MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5816                                      TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5817                                      Expr *Init,
5818                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5819                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5820 
5821   MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5822                                            Expr *Init,
5823                                            CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5824 
5825   bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5826                                 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5827 
5828   bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5829                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5830 
5831   void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5832 
5833 
5834   /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5835   /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5836   /// referenced.
5837   void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5838                                               CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5839 
5840   /// The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5841   /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5842   /// first use occurred.
5843   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5844 
5845   /// The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5846   /// materialized.
5847   SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5848 
5849   /// The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5850   /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5851   /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5852   /// by code generation).
5853   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5854 
5855   /// Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5856   void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5857 
5858   /// Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5859   /// given location.
5860   void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5861                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5862 
5863   /// Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5864   /// in the given class as needed.
5865   void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5866                                              const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5867 
5868   /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5869   /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5870   void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5871                                     const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5872 
5873   /// Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5874   /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5875   /// vtables.
5876   ///
5877   /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5878   bool DefineUsedVTables();
5879 
5880   void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5881 
5882   void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5883                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5884                             ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5885                             bool AnyErrors);
5886 
5887   /// Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
5888   /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
5889   /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
5890   void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5891   void checkClassLevelCodeSegAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5892 
5893   void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
5894 
5895   void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5896       CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5897       ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5898       SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5899 
5900   void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5901 
5902   /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the
5903   /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect.
5904   void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD);
5905 
5906   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5907                                          Decl *TagDecl, SourceLocation LBrac,
5908                                          SourceLocation RBrac,
5909                                          const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
5910   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5911   void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5912 
5913   void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5914   unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5915   void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5916   void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5917   void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5918   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5919   void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5920   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5921   void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5922                                 CachedTokens &Toks);
5923   void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5924   bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5925 
5926   Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5927                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
5928                                      Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5929                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5930   Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5931                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
5932                                      StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5933                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5934                                      bool Failed);
5935 
5936   FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5937                                   SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5938                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5939   Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5940                             MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5941   NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5942                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5943 
5944   QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5945                                       StorageClass& SC);
5946   void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5947   QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5948                                      StorageClass& SC);
5949   bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5950   void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5951                                  StorageClass& SC);
5952   Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5953   void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5954                                      StorageClass &SC);
5955   void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD);
5956 
5957   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5958   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5959                                                    const FunctionProtoType *T);
5960   void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5961 
5962   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5963   // C++ Derived Classes
5964   //
5965 
5966   /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5967   CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5968                                        SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5969                                        bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5970                                        TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5971                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5972 
5973   BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5974                                 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5975                                 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5976                                 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5977                                 ParsedType basetype,
5978                                 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5979                                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5980 
5981   bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5982                             MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5983   void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
5984                            MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5985 
5986   bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5987   bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5988                      CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5989 
5990   // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5991   void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5992 
5993   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5994                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5995                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5996                                     bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5997   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5998                                     unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5999                                     unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
6000                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
6001                                     DeclarationName Name,
6002                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath,
6003                                     bool IgnoreAccess = false);
6004 
6005   std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
6006 
6007   bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
6008                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
6009 
6010   /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
6011   /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
6012   bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
6013                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
6014 
6015   /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
6016   /// spec is a subset of base spec.
6017   bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
6018                                             const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
6019 
6020   bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
6021 
6022   /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
6023   void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
6024 
6025   /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
6026   /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
6027   void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
6028 
6029   /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
6030   /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
6031   /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
6032   bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
6033                                               const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
6034 
6035 
6036   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6037   // C++ Access Control
6038   //
6039 
6040   enum AccessResult {
6041     AR_accessible,
6042     AR_inaccessible,
6043     AR_dependent,
6044     AR_delayed
6045   };
6046 
6047   bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
6048                                 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
6049                                 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
6050 
6051   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
6052                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
6053   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
6054                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
6055   AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
6056                                      SourceRange PlacementRange,
6057                                      CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
6058                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
6059                                      bool Diagnose = true);
6060   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
6061                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
6062                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
6063                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
6064                                       bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
6065   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
6066                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
6067                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
6068                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
6069                                       const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
6070   AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
6071                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
6072                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
6073                                      QualType objectType = QualType());
6074   AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
6075   AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
6076                                  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
6077                                  DeclAccessPair Found);
6078   AccessResult
6079   CheckStructuredBindingMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
6080                                      CXXRecordDecl *DecomposedClass,
6081                                      DeclAccessPair Field);
6082   AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
6083                                          Expr *ObjectExpr,
6084                                          Expr *ArgExpr,
6085                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
6086   AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
6087                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
6088   AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
6089                                     QualType Base, QualType Derived,
6090                                     const CXXBasePath &Path,
6091                                     unsigned DiagID,
6092                                     bool ForceCheck = false,
6093                                     bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
6094   void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
6095   bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *Decl, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
6096                           QualType BaseType);
6097   bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
6098                                             AccessSpecifier access,
6099                                             QualType objectType);
6100 
6101   void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
6102                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6103   void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
6104                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6105 
6106   void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
6107 
6108   /// When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
6109   /// failures rather than hard errors.
6110   bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6111 
6112   enum AbstractDiagSelID {
6113     AbstractNone = -1,
6114     AbstractReturnType,
6115     AbstractParamType,
6116     AbstractVariableType,
6117     AbstractFieldType,
6118     AbstractIvarType,
6119     AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
6120     AbstractArrayType
6121   };
6122 
6123   bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
6124   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
6125                               TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
6126   template <typename... Ts>
RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)6127   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
6128                               const Ts &...Args) {
6129     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
6130     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
6131   }
6132 
6133   void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
6134 
6135   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6136   // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
6137   //
6138 
6139   bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
6140 
6141   bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
6142 
6143   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6144   // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
6145   //
6146   void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
6147                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
6148   bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
6149                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
6150 
6151   bool LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6152                           QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
6153                           bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization,
6154                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation());
6155 
6156   TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
6157                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6158                                   bool hasTemplateKeyword,
6159                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name,
6160                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
6161                                   bool EnteringContext,
6162                                   TemplateTy &Template,
6163                                   bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
6164 
6165   /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z
6166   /// deduction-guide declaration.
6167   bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name,
6168                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
6169                             ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr);
6170 
6171   bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
6172                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
6173                                    Scope *S,
6174                                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
6175                                    TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
6176                                    TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
6177 
6178   bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6179                                       NamedDecl *Instantiation,
6180                                       bool InstantiatedFromMember,
6181                                       const NamedDecl *Pattern,
6182                                       const NamedDecl *PatternDef,
6183                                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6184                                       bool Complain = true);
6185 
6186   void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
6187   TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
6188 
6189   NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
6190                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6191                            SourceLocation KeyLoc,
6192                            IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
6193                            SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
6194                            unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
6195                            SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6196                            ParsedType DefaultArg);
6197 
6198   QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI,
6199                                              SourceLocation Loc);
6200   QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
6201 
6202   NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
6203                                       unsigned Depth,
6204                                       unsigned Position,
6205                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6206                                       Expr *DefaultArg);
6207   NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
6208                                        SourceLocation TmpLoc,
6209                                        TemplateParameterList *Params,
6210                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6211                                        IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
6212                                        SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
6213                                        unsigned Depth,
6214                                        unsigned Position,
6215                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6216                                        ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
6217 
6218   TemplateParameterList *
6219   ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
6220                              SourceLocation ExportLoc,
6221                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6222                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6223                              ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params,
6224                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6225                              Expr *RequiresClause);
6226 
6227   /// The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
6228   enum TemplateParamListContext {
6229     TPC_ClassTemplate,
6230     TPC_VarTemplate,
6231     TPC_FunctionTemplate,
6232     TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
6233     TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
6234     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
6235     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
6236     TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
6237   };
6238 
6239   bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
6240                                   TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
6241                                   TemplateParamListContext TPC,
6242                                   SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
6243   TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6244       SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
6245       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
6246       ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
6247       bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
6248 
6249   DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(
6250       Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc,
6251       CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
6252       const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
6253       AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
6254       SourceLocation FriendLoc, unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
6255       TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
6256       SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
6257 
6258   TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6259                                                     QualType NTTPType,
6260                                                     SourceLocation Loc);
6261 
6262   void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
6263                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
6264 
6265   ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType);
6266 
6267   void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
6268 
6269   QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
6270                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6271                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
6272 
6273   TypeResult
6274   ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6275                       TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
6276                       SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
6277                       SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6278                       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6279                       SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6280                       bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
6281                       bool IsClassName = false);
6282 
6283   /// Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
6284   /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
6285   TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
6286                                     TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
6287                                     SourceLocation TagLoc,
6288                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6289                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6290                                     TemplateTy TemplateD,
6291                                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6292                                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6293                                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
6294                                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6295 
6296   DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6297       Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
6298       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
6299       StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
6300 
6301   DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
6302                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6303                                 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6304                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
6305 
6306   ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6307                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6308                                 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
6309                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6310                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6311 
6312   void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc);
6313 
6314   ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6315                                  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6316                                  LookupResult &R,
6317                                  bool RequiresADL,
6318                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6319 
6320   ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6321                                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6322                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6323                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6324 
6325   TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(
6326       Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6327       const UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
6328       TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false);
6329 
6330   DeclResult ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(
6331       Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc,
6332       SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
6333       const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
6334       MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6335       SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
6336 
6337   bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
6338                                               TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate,
6339                                               unsigned NumExplicitArgs,
6340                                               ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);
6341   void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
6342       ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
6343   void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
6344       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
6345 
6346   Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
6347                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6348                                 Declarator &D);
6349 
6350   bool
6351   CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
6352                                          TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
6353                                          NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
6354                                          TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
6355                                          SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
6356                                          bool &SuppressNew);
6357 
6358   bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
6359                     const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6360                                                     LookupResult &Previous);
6361 
6362   bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
6363       FunctionDecl *FD, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6364       LookupResult &Previous, bool QualifiedFriend = false);
6365   bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
6366   void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
6367 
6368   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(
6369       Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6370       unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6371       TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6372       SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6373       SourceLocation RAngleLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
6374 
6375   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6376                                         SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6377                                         unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc,
6378                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
6379                                         SourceLocation NameLoc,
6380                                         const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
6381 
6382   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6383                                         SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6384                                         SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6385                                         Declarator &D);
6386 
6387   TemplateArgumentLoc
6388   SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
6389                                           SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6390                                           SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6391                                           Decl *Param,
6392                                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
6393                                             &Converted,
6394                                           bool &HasDefaultArg);
6395 
6396   /// Specifies the context in which a particular template
6397   /// argument is being checked.
6398   enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
6399     /// The template argument was specified in the code or was
6400     /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
6401     CTAK_Specified,
6402 
6403     /// The template argument was deduced via template argument
6404     /// deduction.
6405     CTAK_Deduced,
6406 
6407     /// The template argument was deduced from an array bound
6408     /// via template argument deduction.
6409     CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
6410   };
6411 
6412   bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
6413                              TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6414                              NamedDecl *Template,
6415                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6416                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6417                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
6418                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6419                              CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6420 
6421   /// Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
6422   /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
6423   ///
6424   /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
6425   /// provided.
6426   ///
6427   /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
6428   ///
6429   /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
6430   /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
6431   /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
6432   /// arguments.
6433   ///
6434   /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
6435   /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
6436   /// set of template arguments.
6437   ///
6438   /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
6439   /// arguments.
6440   ///
6441   /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to
6442   /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written.
6443   /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified.
6444   ///
6445   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6446   bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
6447                                  SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6448                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
6449                                  bool PartialTemplateArgs,
6450                                  SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6451                                  bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true);
6452 
6453   bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6454                                  TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6455                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
6456 
6457   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6458                              TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
6459   ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6460                                    QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
6461                                    TemplateArgument &Converted,
6462                                CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6463   bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateParameterList *Params,
6464                                      TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg);
6465 
6466   ExprResult
6467   BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6468                                           QualType ParamType,
6469                                           SourceLocation Loc);
6470   ExprResult
6471   BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6472                                               SourceLocation Loc);
6473 
6474   /// Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
6475   /// for equality.
6476   enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
6477     /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
6478     /// that might be redeclarations.
6479     ///
6480     /// \code
6481     /// template<typename T> struct X;
6482     /// template<typename T> struct X;
6483     /// \endcode
6484     TPL_TemplateMatch,
6485 
6486     /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
6487     /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
6488     /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
6489     ///
6490     /// \code
6491     /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
6492     /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
6493     /// \endcode
6494     TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
6495 
6496     /// We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
6497     /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
6498     /// template parameter.
6499     ///
6500     /// \code
6501     /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
6502     /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
6503     /// X<integer_c> xic;
6504     /// \endcode
6505     TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
6506   };
6507 
6508   bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
6509                                       TemplateParameterList *Old,
6510                                       bool Complain,
6511                                       TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
6512                                       SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
6513                                         = SourceLocation());
6514 
6515   bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
6516 
6517   /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6518   /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
6519   ///
6520   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6521   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6522   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6523   /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
6524   /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
6525   TypeResult
6526   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6527                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
6528                     SourceLocation IdLoc);
6529 
6530   /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6531   /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
6532   /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
6533   ///
6534   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6535   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6536   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6537   /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
6538   /// \param TemplateName The template name.
6539   /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template.
6540   /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name.
6541   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
6542   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
6543   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
6544   TypeResult
6545   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6546                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6547                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6548                     TemplateTy TemplateName,
6549                     IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
6550                     SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
6551                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6552                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6553                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6554 
6555   QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
6556                              SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6557                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
6558                              const IdentifierInfo &II,
6559                              SourceLocation IILoc);
6560 
6561   TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6562                                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6563                                                     DeclarationName Name);
6564   bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6565 
6566   ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
6567   bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
6568                                                 TemplateParameterList *Params);
6569 
6570   std::string
6571   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6572                                   const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
6573 
6574   std::string
6575   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6576                                   const TemplateArgument *Args,
6577                                   unsigned NumArgs);
6578 
6579   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6580   // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
6581   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6582 
6583   /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
6584   /// location. Useful for error recovery.
6585   bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
6586 
6587   /// The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
6588   /// being diagnosed.
6589   ///
6590   /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
6591   /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
6592   enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
6593     /// An arbitrary expression.
6594     UPPC_Expression = 0,
6595 
6596     /// The base type of a class type.
6597     UPPC_BaseType,
6598 
6599     /// The type of an arbitrary declaration.
6600     UPPC_DeclarationType,
6601 
6602     /// The type of a data member.
6603     UPPC_DataMemberType,
6604 
6605     /// The size of a bit-field.
6606     UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
6607 
6608     /// The expression in a static assertion.
6609     UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
6610 
6611     /// The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
6612     UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
6613 
6614     /// The enumerator value.
6615     UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
6616 
6617     /// A using declaration.
6618     UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
6619 
6620     /// A friend declaration.
6621     UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
6622 
6623     /// A declaration qualifier.
6624     UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
6625 
6626     /// An initializer.
6627     UPPC_Initializer,
6628 
6629     /// A default argument.
6630     UPPC_DefaultArgument,
6631 
6632     /// The type of a non-type template parameter.
6633     UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
6634 
6635     /// The type of an exception.
6636     UPPC_ExceptionType,
6637 
6638     /// Partial specialization.
6639     UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
6640 
6641     /// Microsoft __if_exists.
6642     UPPC_IfExists,
6643 
6644     /// Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6645     UPPC_IfNotExists,
6646 
6647     /// Lambda expression.
6648     UPPC_Lambda,
6649 
6650     /// Block expression,
6651     UPPC_Block
6652   };
6653 
6654   /// Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6655   ///
6656   /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6657   ///
6658   /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6659   /// parameter packs.
6660   ///
6661   /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6662   ///
6663   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6664   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6665                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6666                                   ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6667 
6668   /// If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6669   /// diagnose the error.
6670   ///
6671   /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6672   ///
6673   /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6674   /// packs.
6675   ///
6676   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6677   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6678                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6679 
6680   /// If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6681   /// pack, diagnose the error.
6682   ///
6683   /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6684   /// parameter packs.
6685   ///
6686   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6687   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6688                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6689 
6690   /// If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6691   /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6692   ///
6693   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6694   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6695   ///
6696   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6697   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6698                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6699 
6700   /// If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6701   /// diagnose the error.
6702   ///
6703   /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6704   /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6705   ///
6706   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6707   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6708                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6709 
6710   /// If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6711   /// diagnose the error.
6712   ///
6713   /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6714   ///
6715   /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6716   /// parameter packs.
6717   ///
6718   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6719   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6720                                        TemplateName Template,
6721                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6722 
6723   /// If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6724   /// pack, diagnose the error.
6725   ///
6726   /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6727   /// parameter packs.
6728   ///
6729   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6730   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6731                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6732 
6733   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6734   /// template argument.
6735   ///
6736   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6737   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6738   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6739                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6740 
6741   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6742   /// template argument.
6743   ///
6744   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6745   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6746   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6747                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6748 
6749   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6750   /// type.
6751   ///
6752   /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6753   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6754   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6755                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6756 
6757   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6758   /// type.
6759   ///
6760   /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6761   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6762   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6763                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6764 
6765   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6766   /// nested-name-specifier.
6767   ///
6768   /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6769   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6770   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6771                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6772 
6773   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6774   /// name.
6775   ///
6776   /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6777   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6778   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6779                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6780 
6781   /// Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6782   /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6783   ///
6784   /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6785   /// may already be invalid.
6786   ///
6787   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6788   ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6789                                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6790 
6791   /// Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6792   /// creates a pack expansion.
6793   ///
6794   /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6795   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6796   ///
6797   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6798   TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6799 
6800   /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6801   /// expansion.
6802   TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6803                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6804                                      Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6805 
6806   /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6807   /// expansion.
6808   QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6809                               SourceRange PatternRange,
6810                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6811                               Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6812 
6813   /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6814   /// creates a pack expansion.
6815   ///
6816   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6817   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6818   ///
6819   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6820   ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6821 
6822   /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6823   /// creates a pack expansion.
6824   ///
6825   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6826   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6827   ///
6828   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6829   ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6830                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6831 
6832   /// Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6833   /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6834   /// transforming the pattern.
6835   ///
6836   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6837   /// pack expansion.
6838   ///
6839   /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6840   /// the pack expansion.
6841   ///
6842   /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6843   /// pattern.
6844   ///
6845   /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6846   /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6847   /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6848   ///
6849   /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6850   /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6851   /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6852   /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6853   ///
6854   /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6855   /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6856   /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6857   /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6858   /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6859   /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6860   /// set this value in other cases.
6861   ///
6862   /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6863   /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6864   /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6865   /// must be set.
6866   bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6867                                        SourceRange PatternRange,
6868                              ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6869                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6870                                        bool &ShouldExpand,
6871                                        bool &RetainExpansion,
6872                                        Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6873 
6874   /// Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6875   /// type.
6876   ///
6877   /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6878   /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6879   ///
6880   /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6881   Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6882       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6883 
6884   /// Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6885   /// parameter packs.
6886   ///
6887   /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6888   /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6889   ///
6890   /// \code
6891   ///   void f(T...);
6892   /// \endcode
6893   ///
6894   /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6895   /// a variadic function.
6896   ///
6897   /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6898   /// false otherwise.
6899   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6900 
6901   /// Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6902   ///
6903   /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6904   ///
6905   /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6906   ///
6907   /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6908   /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6909   TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6910       TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6911       SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6912       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6913 
6914   /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but
6915   /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of
6916   /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded.
6917   ///
6918   /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to
6919   /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible.
6920   Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg);
6921 
6922   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6923   // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6924   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6925 
6926   /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention,
6927   /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType.
6928   /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function
6929   /// types.
6930   QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType,
6931                                bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false);
6932 
6933   /// Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6934   ///
6935   /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6936   /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6937   /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6938   /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6939   /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6940   /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6941   /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6942   enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6943     /// Template argument deduction was successful.
6944     TDK_Success = 0,
6945     /// The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6946     TDK_Invalid,
6947     /// Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6948     /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6949     TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6950     /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6951     /// for every template parameter.
6952     TDK_Incomplete,
6953     /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value for every
6954     /// expansion of an expanded template parameter pack.
6955     TDK_IncompletePack,
6956     /// Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6957     /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6958     TDK_Inconsistent,
6959     /// Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6960     /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6961     /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6962     /// but were given a non-const "X".
6963     TDK_Underqualified,
6964     /// Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6965     /// resulted in an error.
6966     TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6967     /// After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
6968     /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
6969     TDK_DeducedMismatch,
6970     /// After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of
6971     /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element
6972     /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list).
6973     TDK_DeducedMismatchNested,
6974     /// A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6975     /// corresponding component of the argument.
6976     TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6977     /// When performing template argument deduction for a function
6978     /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6979     TDK_TooManyArguments,
6980     /// When performing template argument deduction for a function
6981     /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6982     TDK_TooFewArguments,
6983     /// The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6984     /// template arguments for the given template.
6985     TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6986     /// Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed.
6987     TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure,
6988     /// Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6989     TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure,
6990     /// CUDA Target attributes do not match.
6991     TDK_CUDATargetMismatch
6992   };
6993 
6994   TemplateDeductionResult
6995   DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6996                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6997                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6998 
6999   TemplateDeductionResult
7000   DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
7001                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7002                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
7003 
7004   TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
7005       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7006       TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
7007       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
7008       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
7009       sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
7010 
7011   /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
7012   // deduction for a call.
7013   struct OriginalCallArg {
OriginalCallArgOriginalCallArg7014     OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam,
7015                     unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType)
7016         : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType),
7017           DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
7018           OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {}
7019 
7020     QualType OriginalParamType;
7021     bool DecomposedParam;
7022     unsigned ArgIdx;
7023     QualType OriginalArgType;
7024   };
7025 
7026   TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(
7027       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7028       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
7029       unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
7030       sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
7031       SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
7032       bool PartialOverloading = false,
7033       llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; });
7034 
7035   TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
7036       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7037       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7038       FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
7039       bool PartialOverloading,
7040       llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent);
7041 
7042   TemplateDeductionResult
7043   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7044                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
7045                           QualType ArgFunctionType,
7046                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
7047                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
7048                           bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
7049 
7050   TemplateDeductionResult
7051   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7052                           QualType ToType,
7053                           CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
7054                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
7055 
7056   TemplateDeductionResult
7057   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7058                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
7059                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
7060                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
7061                           bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
7062 
7063   /// Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
7064   QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
7065   /// Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
7066   TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
7067                                           QualType Replacement);
7068   /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by
7069   /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar.
7070   QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
7071 
7072   /// Result type of DeduceAutoType.
7073   enum DeduceAutoResult {
7074     DAR_Succeeded,
7075     DAR_Failed,
7076     DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
7077   };
7078 
7079   DeduceAutoResult
7080   DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
7081                  Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
7082   DeduceAutoResult
7083   DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
7084                  Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
7085   void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
7086   bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
7087                         bool Diagnose = true);
7088 
7089   /// Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've
7090   /// not already done so.
7091   void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template,
7092                                       SourceLocation Loc);
7093 
7094   QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
7095       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity,
7096       const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init);
7097 
7098   QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
7099                                         QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
7100                                         SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
7101                                         Expr *&Init);
7102 
7103   TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
7104 
7105   bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
7106                                         SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
7107                                         Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
7108 
7109   FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
7110                                                    FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
7111                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
7112                                            TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
7113                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments1,
7114                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments2);
7115   UnresolvedSetIterator
7116   getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
7117                      TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
7118                      SourceLocation Loc,
7119                      const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
7120                      const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
7121                      const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
7122                      bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
7123 
7124   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
7125   getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
7126                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
7127                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
7128                                   SourceLocation Loc);
7129 
7130   bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
7131                                     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
7132 
7133   VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
7134       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
7135       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
7136 
7137   bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
7138                                     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
7139 
7140   bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(
7141       TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc);
7142 
7143   void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7144                                   bool OnlyDeduced,
7145                                   unsigned Depth,
7146                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(const FunctionTemplateDecl * FunctionTemplate,llvm::SmallBitVector & Deduced)7147   void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
7148                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7149                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
7150     return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
7151   }
7152   static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
7153                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7154                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
7155 
7156   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7157   // C++ Template Instantiation
7158   //
7159 
7160   MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
7161   getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
7162                                const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
7163                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
7164                                const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
7165 
7166   /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location
7167   /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template
7168   /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions.
7169   struct CodeSynthesisContext {
7170     /// The kind of template instantiation we are performing
7171     enum SynthesisKind {
7172       /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
7173       /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
7174       TemplateInstantiation,
7175 
7176       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
7177       /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is
7178       /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the
7179       /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as
7180       /// specified.
7181       DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
7182 
7183       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
7184       /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
7185       /// provides the template arguments as specified.
7186       DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
7187 
7188       /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
7189       /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
7190       ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
7191 
7192       /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
7193       /// template argument deduction for either a class template
7194       /// partial specialization or a function template. The
7195       /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
7196       /// a TemplateDecl.
7197       DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
7198 
7199       /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
7200       /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
7201       /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
7202       PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
7203 
7204       /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
7205       /// has been used when naming a template-id.
7206       DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
7207 
7208       /// We are computing the exception specification for a defaulted special
7209       /// member function.
7210       ExceptionSpecEvaluation,
7211 
7212       /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
7213       /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
7214       ExceptionSpecInstantiation,
7215 
7216       /// We are declaring an implicit special member function.
7217       DeclaringSpecialMember,
7218 
7219       /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special
7220       /// member).
7221       DefiningSynthesizedFunction,
7222 
7223       /// Added for Template instantiation observation.
7224       /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because
7225       /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we
7226       /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated).
7227       Memoization
7228     } Kind;
7229 
7230     /// Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context?
7231     bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7232 
7233     /// The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code.
7234     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
7235 
7236     /// The entity that is being synthesized.
7237     Decl *Entity;
7238 
7239     /// The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
7240     /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
7241     /// arguments.
7242     NamedDecl *Template;
7243 
7244     /// The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
7245     /// are not part of the entity.
7246     const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
7247 
7248     // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the
7249     // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context.
7250     union {
7251       /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
7252       unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
7253 
7254       /// The special member being declared or defined.
7255       CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember;
7256     };
7257 
template_argumentsCodeSynthesisContext7258     ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
7259       assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember);
7260       return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs};
7261     }
7262 
7263     /// The template deduction info object associated with the
7264     /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
7265     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
7266 
7267     /// The source range that covers the construct that cause
7268     /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
7269     /// template instantiation.
7270     SourceRange InstantiationRange;
7271 
CodeSynthesisContextCodeSynthesisContext7272     CodeSynthesisContext()
7273       : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Entity(nullptr), Template(nullptr),
7274         TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
7275 
7276     /// Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
7277     /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
7278     bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
7279   };
7280 
7281   /// List of active code synthesis contexts.
7282   ///
7283   /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires
7284   /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack.
7285   SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts;
7286 
7287   /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated.
7288   llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations;
7289 
7290   /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated
7291   /// by some template instantiation.
7292   llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes;
7293 
7294   /// Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
7295   /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
7296   SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules;
7297 
7298   /// Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
7299   /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
7300   /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
7301   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
7302 
7303   /// Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
7304   /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
7305   /// template defined within it.
7306   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
7307 
7308   /// Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most
7309   /// recent visible declaration of that namespace.
7310   llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache;
7311 
7312   /// Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
7313   /// template instantiation.
7314   ///
7315   /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
7316   /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
7317   bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7318 
7319   /// The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template
7320   /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the
7321   /// instantiation depth.
7322   ///
7323   /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit
7324   /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation.
7325   // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis?
7326   unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
7327 
7328   /// The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent
7329   /// error or warning was produced.
7330   ///
7331   /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks
7332   /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation.
7333   // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else.
7334   unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0;
7335 
7336   /// The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track
7337   /// instantiations (objects can be chained).
7338   ///
7339   /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template
7340   /// instantiations as they are being constructed.
7341   std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>>
7342       TemplateInstCallbacks;
7343 
7344   /// The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
7345   /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
7346   ///
7347   /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
7348   /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
7349   /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
7350   int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
7351 
7352   /// RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
7353   /// within a \c Sema object.
7354   ///
7355   /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
7356   class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
7357     Sema &Self;
7358     int OldSubstitutionIndex;
7359 
7360   public:
ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema & Self,int NewSubstitutionIndex)7361     ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
7362       : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
7363       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
7364     }
7365 
~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII()7366     ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
7367       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
7368     }
7369   };
7370 
7371   friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
7372 
7373   /// For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
7374   /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
7375   /// deduction.
7376   ///
7377   /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
7378   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
7379     SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
7380   SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
7381 
7382   /// A stack object to be created when performing template
7383   /// instantiation.
7384   ///
7385   /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
7386   /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
7387   /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
7388   /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
7389   /// produces an error and evaluates true.
7390   ///
7391   /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
7392   /// the stack.
7393   struct InstantiatingTemplate {
7394     /// Note that we are instantiating a class template,
7395     /// function template, variable template, alias template,
7396     /// or a member thereof.
7397     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7398                           Decl *Entity,
7399                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7400 
7401     struct ExceptionSpecification {};
7402     /// Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
7403     /// of a function template.
7404     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7405                           FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
7406                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7407 
7408     /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
7409     /// template-id.
7410     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7411                           TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template,
7412                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7413                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7414 
7415     /// Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or
7416     /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction.
7417     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7418                           FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7419                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7420                           CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
7421                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7422                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7423 
7424     /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7425     /// argument deduction for a class template declaration.
7426     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7427                           TemplateDecl *Template,
7428                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7429                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7430                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7431 
7432     /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7433     /// argument deduction for a class template partial
7434     /// specialization.
7435     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7436                           ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
7437                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7438                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7439                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7440 
7441     /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7442     /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
7443     /// specialization.
7444     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7445                           VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
7446                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7447                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7448                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7449 
7450     /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
7451     /// parameter.
7452     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7453                           ParmVarDecl *Param,
7454                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7455                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7456 
7457     /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
7458     /// non-type parameter.
7459     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7460                           NamedDecl *Template,
7461                           NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7462                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7463                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7464 
7465     /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
7466     /// template template parameter.
7467     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7468                           NamedDecl *Template,
7469                           TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7470                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7471                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7472 
7473     /// Note that we are checking the default template argument
7474     /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
7475     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7476                           TemplateDecl *Template,
7477                           NamedDecl *Param,
7478                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7479                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7480 
7481 
7482     /// Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
7483     void Clear();
7484 
~InstantiatingTemplateInstantiatingTemplate7485     ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
7486 
7487     /// Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
7488     /// recursive template instantiations.
isInvalidInstantiatingTemplate7489     bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
7490 
7491     /// Determine whether we are already instantiating this
7492     /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation.
isAlreadyInstantiatingInstantiatingTemplate7493     bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; }
7494 
7495   private:
7496     Sema &SemaRef;
7497     bool Invalid;
7498     bool AlreadyInstantiating;
7499     bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7500                                  SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7501 
7502     InstantiatingTemplate(
7503         Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
7504         SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
7505         Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
7506         ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
7507         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
7508 
7509     InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7510 
7511     InstantiatingTemplate&
7512     operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7513   };
7514 
7515   void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx);
7516   void popCodeSynthesisContext();
7517 
7518   /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation.
inTemplateInstantiation()7519   bool inTemplateInstantiation() const {
7520     return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries;
7521   }
7522 
PrintContextStack()7523   void PrintContextStack() {
7524     if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
7525         CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) {
7526       PrintInstantiationStack();
7527       LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
7528     }
7529     if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl)
7530       PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
7531   }
7532   void PrintInstantiationStack();
7533 
7534   void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
7535 
7536   /// Determines whether we are currently in a context where
7537   /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
7538   /// errors.
7539   ///
7540   /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
7541   /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
7542   /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
7543   /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
7544   Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
7545 
7546   /// Determines whether we are currently in a context that
7547   /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
isUnevaluatedContext()7548   bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
7549     assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
7550            "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
7551     return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
7552   }
7553 
7554   /// RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
7555   /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
7556   /// deduction.
7557   class SFINAETrap {
7558     Sema &SemaRef;
7559     unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
7560     bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7561     bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7562     bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored;
7563 
7564   public:
7565     explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
SemaRef(SemaRef)7566       : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
7567         PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
7568                                       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
7569         PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE),
7570         PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored(
7571             SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored())
7572     {
7573       if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
7574         SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
7575       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
7576     }
7577 
~SFINAETrap()7578     ~SFINAETrap() {
7579       SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
7580       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
7581         = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7582       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7583       SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored(
7584           PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored);
7585     }
7586 
7587     /// Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
hasErrorOccurred()7588     bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
7589       return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
7590     }
7591   };
7592 
7593   /// RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
7594   /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
7595   /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
7596   /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
7597   class TentativeAnalysisScope {
7598     Sema &SemaRef;
7599     // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
7600     SFINAETrap Trap;
7601     bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7602   public:
TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema & SemaRef)7603     explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
7604         : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
7605           PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
7606       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7607     }
~TentativeAnalysisScope()7608     ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
7609       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7610     }
7611   };
7612 
7613   /// The current instantiation scope used to store local
7614   /// variables.
7615   LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
7616 
7617   /// Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
7618   /// disabled.
7619   bool DisableTypoCorrection;
7620 
7621   /// The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
7622   unsigned TyposCorrected;
7623 
7624   typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
7625   typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
7626 
7627   /// A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
7628   /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
7629   /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
7630   IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
7631 
7632   /// Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
7633   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
7634   threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
7635 
7636   /// An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
7637   ///
7638   /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
7639   /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
7640   /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
7641   /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
7642   /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
7643   /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
7644   typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
7645 
7646   /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7647   /// but have not yet been performed.
7648   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
7649 
7650   /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed
7651   /// eagerly.
7652   SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations;
7653 
7654   class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope {
7655   public:
GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema & S,bool Enabled)7656     GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
7657         : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
7658       if (!Enabled) return;
7659 
7660       SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
7661       SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
7662     }
7663 
perform()7664     void perform() {
7665       if (Enabled) {
7666         S.DefineUsedVTables();
7667         S.PerformPendingInstantiations();
7668       }
7669     }
7670 
~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope()7671     ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() {
7672       if (!Enabled) return;
7673 
7674       // Restore the set of pending vtables.
7675       assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
7676              "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
7677       S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
7678 
7679       // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
7680       assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
7681              "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
7682       S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
7683     }
7684 
7685   private:
7686     Sema &S;
7687     SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
7688     std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
7689     bool Enabled;
7690   };
7691 
7692   /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7693   /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
7694   ///
7695   /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
7696   /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
7697   /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
7698   /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
7699   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7700 
7701   class LocalEagerInstantiationScope {
7702   public:
LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema & S)7703     LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) {
7704       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7705           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7706     }
7707 
perform()7708     void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); }
7709 
~LocalEagerInstantiationScope()7710     ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() {
7711       assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
7712              "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
7713       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7714           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7715     }
7716 
7717   private:
7718     Sema &S;
7719     std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
7720         SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7721   };
7722 
7723   /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos.
7724   class ExtParameterInfoBuilder {
7725     SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos;
7726     bool HasInteresting = false;
7727 
7728   public:
7729     /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index,
7730     ///
set(unsigned index,FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info)7731     void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) {
7732       assert(Infos.size() <= index);
7733       Infos.resize(index);
7734       Infos.push_back(info);
7735 
7736       if (!HasInteresting)
7737         HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo());
7738     }
7739 
7740     /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the
7741     /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up.
7742     const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *
getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams)7743     getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) {
7744       if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr;
7745       Infos.resize(numParams);
7746       return Infos.data();
7747     }
7748   };
7749 
7750   void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
7751 
7752   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7753                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7754                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
7755                             bool AllowDeducedTST = false);
7756 
7757   QualType SubstType(QualType T,
7758                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7759                      SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7760 
7761   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
7762                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7763                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7764 
7765   TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7766                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7767                                         SourceLocation Loc,
7768                                         DeclarationName Entity,
7769                                         CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
7770                                         Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals);
7771   void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7772                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
7773   bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
7774                           FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI,
7775                           SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage,
7776                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
7777   ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
7778                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7779                                 int indexAdjustment,
7780                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
7781                                 bool ExpectParameterPack);
7782   bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
7783                       const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos,
7784                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7785                       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
7786                       SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams,
7787                       ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos);
7788   ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
7789                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7790 
7791   /// Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
7792   /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
7793   ///
7794   /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
7795   ///
7796   /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
7797   /// default arguments will be dropped.
7798   ///
7799   /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
7800   ///
7801   /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
7802   ///
7803   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7804   bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
7805                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7806                   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
7807 
7808   StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
7809                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7810 
7811   TemplateParameterList *
7812   SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner,
7813                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7814 
7815   Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
7816                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7817 
7818   ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
7819                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7820                        bool CXXDirectInit);
7821 
7822   bool
7823   SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7824                       CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7825                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7826 
7827   bool
7828   InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7829                    CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7830                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7831                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7832                    bool Complain = true);
7833 
7834   bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7835                        EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
7836                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7837                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7838 
7839   bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
7840       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
7841       FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7842 
7843   struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
7844     const Attr *TmplAttr;
7845     LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
7846     Decl *NewDecl;
7847 
LateInstantiatedAttributeLateInstantiatedAttribute7848     LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
7849                               Decl *D)
7850       : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
7851     { }
7852   };
7853   typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
7854 
7855   void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7856                         const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7857                         LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7858                         LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7859 
7860   void
7861   InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7862                           const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7863                           LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7864                           LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7865 
7866   bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization(
7867       SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec);
7868 
7869   bool
7870   InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7871                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7872                            TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7873                            bool Complain = true);
7874 
7875   void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7876                                CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7877                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7878                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7879 
7880   void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
7881                                           SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7882                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7883                                                 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7884 
7885   NestedNameSpecifierLoc
7886   SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
7887                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7888 
7889   DeclarationNameInfo
7890   SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7891                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7892   TemplateName
7893   SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
7894                     SourceLocation Loc,
7895                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7896   bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7897              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
7898              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7899 
7900   void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7901                                 FunctionDecl *Function);
7902   FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD,
7903                                                const TemplateArgumentList *Args,
7904                                                SourceLocation Loc);
7905   void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7906                                      FunctionDecl *Function,
7907                                      bool Recursive = false,
7908                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7909                                      bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7910   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
7911       VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
7912       const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
7913       const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
7914       SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7915       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
7916       LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7917       LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
7918   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
7919       VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
7920       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7921   void
7922   BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
7923                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7924                              LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
7925                              DeclContext *Owner,
7926                              LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
7927                              bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
7928   void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
7929       VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
7930       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7931   void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7932                                      VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
7933                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7934                                      bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7935 
7936   void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
7937                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
7938                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7939 
7940   NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
7941                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7942                           bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false);
7943   DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
7944                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7945 
7946   // Objective-C declarations.
7947   enum ObjCContainerKind {
7948     OCK_None = -1,
7949     OCK_Interface = 0,
7950     OCK_Protocol,
7951     OCK_Category,
7952     OCK_ClassExtension,
7953     OCK_Implementation,
7954     OCK_CategoryImplementation
7955   };
7956   ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
7957 
7958   DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
7959                                 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
7960                                 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
7961                                 unsigned index,
7962                                 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
7963                                 SourceLocation paramLoc,
7964                                 SourceLocation colonLoc,
7965                                 ParsedType typeBound);
7966 
7967   ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7968                                             ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
7969                                             SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7970   void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
7971 
7972   Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(
7973       Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7974       SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7975       IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7976       ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
7977       Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7978       const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7979       const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
7980 
7981   void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
7982                                        SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7983                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
7984                                        IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7985                                        SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7986                                        IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7987                                        SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7988                                        ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7989                                        SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
7990 
7991   void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
7992                                SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs,
7993                                IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7994                                SourceLocation SuperLoc);
7995 
7996   Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
7997                     SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
7998                     IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
7999                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
8000 
8001   bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
8002     IdentifierInfo *PName,
8003     SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
8004     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
8005 
8006   Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
8007       SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName,
8008       SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefNames,
8009       unsigned NumProtoRefs, const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
8010       SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
8011 
8012   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(
8013       SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8014       SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
8015       IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
8016       Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
8017       const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
8018       const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
8019 
8020   Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
8021                     SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
8022                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
8023                     IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
8024                     SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
8025 
8026   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
8027                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8028                                          SourceLocation ClassLoc,
8029                                          IdentifierInfo *CatName,
8030                                          SourceLocation CatLoc);
8031 
8032   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
8033                                                ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
8034 
8035   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
8036                    IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
8037                    SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
8038                    ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
8039                    unsigned NumElts);
8040 
8041   DeclGroupPtrTy
8042   ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
8043                                   ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
8044                                   const ParsedAttributesView &attrList);
8045 
8046   void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
8047                                ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
8048                                SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
8049 
8050   void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
8051                                     SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
8052                                     IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId,
8053                                     SourceLocation TypeArgLoc,
8054                                     bool SelectProtocolFirst = false);
8055 
8056   /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
8057   /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
8058   /// arguments, as appropriate.
8059   void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
8060          Scope *S,
8061          ParsedType baseType,
8062          SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
8063          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
8064          ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
8065          SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
8066          SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
8067          SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
8068          SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
8069          SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
8070          SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
8071          SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
8072          bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
8073 
8074   /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
8075   /// base type was specified.
8076   TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
8077                SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
8078                ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
8079                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
8080                SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
8081 
8082   /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
8083   TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
8084                Scope *S,
8085                SourceLocation Loc,
8086                ParsedType BaseType,
8087                SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
8088                ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
8089                SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
8090                SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
8091                ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
8092                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
8093                SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
8094 
8095   /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type.
8096   QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
8097                                   SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
8098                                   ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
8099                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
8100                                   SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
8101                                   bool FailOnError = false);
8102 
8103   /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
8104   QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
8105                                SourceLocation Loc,
8106                                SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
8107                                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
8108                                SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
8109                                SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
8110                                ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
8111                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
8112                                SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
8113                                bool FailOnError = false);
8114 
8115   /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
8116   /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
8117   /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
8118   void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
8119                                    SourceLocation Loc,
8120                                    unsigned &Attributes,
8121                                    bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
8122 
8123   /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
8124   /// setters and getters as needed.
8125   /// \param property The property declaration being processed
8126   void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
8127 
8128 
8129   void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
8130                                 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
8131                                 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
8132                                 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
8133 
8134   void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
8135                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
8136 
8137   Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
8138                    ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
8139                    ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
8140 
8141   Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
8142                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8143                       FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
8144                       Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
8145                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
8146                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
8147 
8148   Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
8149                               SourceLocation AtLoc,
8150                               SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
8151                               bool ImplKind,
8152                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
8153                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
8154                               SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc,
8155                               ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind);
8156 
8157   enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
8158     OSMK_None,
8159     OSMK_Alloc,
8160     OSMK_New,
8161     OSMK_Copy,
8162     OSMK_RetainingInit,
8163     OSMK_NonRetainingInit
8164   };
8165 
8166   struct ObjCArgInfo {
8167     IdentifierInfo *Name;
8168     SourceLocation NameLoc;
8169     // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
8170     // in this case.
8171     ParsedType Type;
8172     ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
8173 
8174     /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
8175     ParsedAttributesView ArgAttrs;
8176   };
8177 
8178   Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
8179       Scope *S,
8180       SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
8181       SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
8182       tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
8183       ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
8184       // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
8185       // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
8186       ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo,
8187       unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
8188       const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
8189       bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
8190 
8191   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
8192                                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
8193                                               bool IsInstance);
8194   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
8195                                            bool IsInstance);
8196 
8197   bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
8198   bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
8199 
8200   ExprResult
8201   HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
8202                             Expr *BaseExpr,
8203                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
8204                             DeclarationName MemberName,
8205                             SourceLocation MemberLoc,
8206                             SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
8207                             bool Super);
8208 
8209   ExprResult
8210   ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
8211                             IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
8212                             SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
8213                             SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
8214 
8215   ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
8216 
8217   /// Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
8218   /// send that starts with an identifier.
8219   enum ObjCMessageKind {
8220     /// The message is sent to 'super'.
8221     ObjCSuperMessage,
8222     /// The message is an instance message.
8223     ObjCInstanceMessage,
8224     /// The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
8225     /// name.
8226     ObjCClassMessage
8227   };
8228 
8229   ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
8230                                      IdentifierInfo *Name,
8231                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
8232                                      bool IsSuper,
8233                                      bool HasTrailingDot,
8234                                      ParsedType &ReceiverType);
8235 
8236   ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8237                                Selector Sel,
8238                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8239                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8240                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8241                                MultiExprArg Args);
8242 
8243   ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
8244                                QualType ReceiverType,
8245                                SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8246                                Selector Sel,
8247                                ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8248                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8249                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8250                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8251                                MultiExprArg Args,
8252                                bool isImplicit = false);
8253 
8254   ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
8255                                        bool isSuperReceiver,
8256                                        SourceLocation Loc,
8257                                        Selector Sel,
8258                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8259                                        MultiExprArg Args);
8260 
8261   ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
8262                                ParsedType Receiver,
8263                                Selector Sel,
8264                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8265                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8266                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8267                                MultiExprArg Args);
8268 
8269   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
8270                                   QualType ReceiverType,
8271                                   SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8272                                   Selector Sel,
8273                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8274                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8275                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8276                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8277                                   MultiExprArg Args,
8278                                   bool isImplicit = false);
8279 
8280   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
8281                                           QualType ReceiverType,
8282                                           SourceLocation Loc,
8283                                           Selector Sel,
8284                                           ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8285                                           MultiExprArg Args);
8286 
8287   ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
8288                                   Expr *Receiver,
8289                                   Selector Sel,
8290                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8291                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8292                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8293                                   MultiExprArg Args);
8294 
8295   ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8296                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
8297                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
8298                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
8299                                   Expr *SubExpr);
8300 
8301   ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
8302                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8303                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
8304                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
8305                                   ParsedType Type,
8306                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
8307                                   Expr *SubExpr);
8308 
8309   void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
8310 
8311   void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
8312 
8313   bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
8314                                      CastKind &Kind);
8315 
8316   bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
8317                                         QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
8318                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
8319                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
8320                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
8321                                         TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
8322                                         bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true);
8323 
8324   bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
8325                                          QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
8326                                          Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true);
8327 
8328   bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr,
8329                                           bool Diagnose = true);
8330 
8331   bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
8332 
8333   /// Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
8334   /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
8335   void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
8336                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
8337 
8338   /// Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
8339   enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
8340     RTC_Compatible,
8341     RTC_Incompatible,
8342     RTC_Unknown
8343   };
8344 
8345   void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
8346                                 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
8347                                 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
8348 
8349   enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
8350     POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
8351     POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
8352     POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
8353     POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
8354     POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
8355     POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
8356   };
8357 
8358   /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section
8359   void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8360                                PragmaClangSectionAction Action,
8361                                PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName);
8362 
8363   /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
8364   void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
8365                                SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8366 
8367   /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
8368   void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
8369                        StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment);
8370 
8371   enum class PragmaPackDiagnoseKind {
8372     NonDefaultStateAtInclude,
8373     ChangedStateAtExit
8374   };
8375 
8376   void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaPack(PragmaPackDiagnoseKind Kind,
8377                                     SourceLocation IncludeLoc);
8378   void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaPack();
8379 
8380   /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
8381   void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
8382 
8383   /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
8384   /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
8385   void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind,
8386                             StringRef Arg);
8387 
8388   /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
8389   /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
8390   /// representation]).
8391   void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
8392       LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
8393       SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8394 
8395   /// Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
8396   void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action,
8397                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8398                              MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
8399 
8400   enum PragmaSectionKind {
8401     PSK_DataSeg,
8402     PSK_BSSSeg,
8403     PSK_ConstSeg,
8404     PSK_CodeSeg,
8405   };
8406 
8407   bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
8408                     int SectionFlags,
8409                     DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
8410   bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
8411                     int SectionFlags,
8412                     SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
8413 
8414   /// Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
8415   void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
8416                         PragmaMsStackAction Action,
8417                         llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
8418                         StringLiteral *SegmentName,
8419                         llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
8420 
8421   /// Called on well formed \#pragma section().
8422   void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
8423                             int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
8424 
8425   /// Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
8426   void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
8427                             StringLiteral *SegmentName);
8428 
8429   /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II
8430   void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II);
8431 
8432   /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
8433   void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name,
8434                                  StringRef Value);
8435 
8436   /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
8437   void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
8438                          Scope *curScope,
8439                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8440 
8441   /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
8442   void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
8443                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8444 
8445   NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
8446                                  SourceLocation Loc);
8447   void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
8448 
8449   /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
8450   void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8451                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8452                          SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
8453 
8454   /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
8455   /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
8456   void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8457                                   IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
8458                                   SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8459                                   SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
8460                                   SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
8461 
8462   /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
8463   void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8464                             IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
8465                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8466                             SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
8467                             SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
8468 
8469   /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
8470   /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and
8471   /// \#pragma clang fp contract
8472   void ActOnPragmaFPContract(LangOptions::FPContractModeKind FPC);
8473 
8474   /// ActOnPragmaFenvAccess - Called on well formed
8475   /// \#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS
8476   void ActOnPragmaFEnvAccess(LangOptions::FEnvAccessModeKind FPC);
8477 
8478   /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
8479   /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
8480   void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
8481 
8482   /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
8483   void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
8484 
8485   /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
8486   void FreePackedContext();
8487 
8488   /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
8489   /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
8490   void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
8491                                    SourceLocation Loc);
8492 
8493   /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
8494   /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
8495   void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
8496 
8497   /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
8498   /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
8499   void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8500 
8501   /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
8502   void FreeVisContext();
8503 
8504   /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
8505   /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
8506   /// the appropriate attribute.
8507   void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
8508 
8509   void ActOnPragmaAttributeAttribute(ParsedAttr &Attribute,
8510                                      SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8511                                      attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules);
8512   void ActOnPragmaAttributeEmptyPush(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8513                                      const IdentifierInfo *Namespace);
8514 
8515   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'.
8516   void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8517                                const IdentifierInfo *Namespace);
8518 
8519   /// Adds the attributes that have been specified using the
8520   /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration.
8521   void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8522 
8523   void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute();
8524 
8525   /// Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
8526   void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8527 
8528   /// Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
8529   /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation()8530   SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
8531     return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
8532   }
8533 
8534   /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
8535   /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
8536   /// with attribute optnone.
8537   void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
8538 
8539   /// Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
8540   /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
8541   /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
8542   void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
8543 
8544   /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
8545   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
8546                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8547   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
8548                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8549 
8550   /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
8551   /// declaration.
8552   void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
8553                             unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8554 
8555   /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular
8556   /// declaration.
8557   void AddAllocAlignAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *ParamExpr,
8558                          unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8559 
8560   /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
8561   /// declaration.
8562   void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
8563                          unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8564 
8565   /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
8566   /// declaration.
8567   void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
8568                            Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8569 
8570   /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration.
8571   void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name,
8572                    unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false);
8573 
8574   void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
8575                            ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8576 
8577   enum class RetainOwnershipKind {NS, CF, OS};
8578   void AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange SR, unsigned SpellingIndex,
8579                         RetainOwnershipKind K, bool IsTemplateInstantiation);
8580 
8581   bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type);
8582 
8583   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8584   // C++ Coroutines TS
8585   //
8586   bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc,
8587                                StringRef Keyword);
8588   ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8589   ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8590   StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8591 
8592   ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
8593                                       bool IsImplicit = false);
8594   ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
8595                                         UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup);
8596   ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8597   StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
8598                                bool IsImplicit = false);
8599   StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs);
8600   bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc);
8601   VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc);
8602   void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
8603   ClassTemplateDecl *lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc,
8604                                            SourceLocation FuncLoc);
8605 
8606   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8607   // OpenCL extensions.
8608   //
8609 private:
8610   std::string CurrOpenCLExtension;
8611   /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type.
8612   llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap;
8613   /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration.
8614   llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap;
8615 public:
getCurrentOpenCLExtension()8616   llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const {
8617     return CurrOpenCLExtension;
8618   }
8619 
8620   /// Check if a function declaration \p FD associates with any
8621   /// extensions present in OpenCLDeclExtMap and if so return the
8622   /// extension(s) name(s).
8623   std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromDeclExtMap(FunctionDecl *FD);
8624 
8625   /// Check if a function type \p FT associates with any
8626   /// extensions present in OpenCLTypeExtMap and if so return the
8627   /// extension(s) name(s).
8628   std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromTypeExtMap(FunctionType *FT);
8629 
8630   /// Find an extension in an appropriate extension map and return its name
8631   template<typename T, typename MapT>
8632   std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromExtMap(T* FT, MapT &Map);
8633 
setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext)8634   void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) {
8635     CurrOpenCLExtension = Ext;
8636   }
8637 
8638   /// Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these
8639   /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing.
8640   /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
8641   void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts);
8642 
8643   /// Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be
8644   /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do
8645   /// nothing.
8646   /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
8647   void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts);
8648 
8649   /// Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used
8650   /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is
8651   /// empty, do nothing.
8652   void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T);
8653 
8654   /// Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which
8655   /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current
8656   /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing.
8657   void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD);
8658 
8659   bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD);
8660 
8661   /// Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS
8662   /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
8663   /// emit diagnostics.
8664   /// \return true if type is disabled.
8665   bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T);
8666 
8667   /// Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E
8668   /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
8669   /// emit diagnostics.
8670   /// \return true if type is disabled.
8671   bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const NamedDecl &D, const Expr &E);
8672 
8673   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8674   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8675   //
8676 private:
8677   void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
8678   /// Number of nested '#pragma omp declare target' directives.
8679   unsigned DeclareTargetNestingLevel = 0;
8680   /// Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
8681   void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
8682   void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
8683   ExprResult
8684   VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
8685                                         bool StrictlyPositive = true);
8686   /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive.
8687   unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const;
8688 
8689   /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions.
8690   void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex,
8691                                     unsigned Level) const;
8692 
8693   /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
8694   void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion();
8695 
8696   /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
8697   void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI);
8698 
8699   /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension
8700   /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled.
8701   /// \param D type or declaration to be checked.
8702   /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message.
8703   /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message.
8704   /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration.
8705   /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions.
8706   /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for
8707   ///        declaration.
8708   /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled.
8709   template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT>
8710   bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo,
8711                                      MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0,
8712                                      SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange());
8713 
8714 public:
8715   /// Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
8716   /// reference.
8717   /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8718   /// is performed.
8719   bool isOpenMPCapturedByRef(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level) const;
8720 
8721   /// Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
8722   /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
8723   /// constructs.
8724   VarDecl *isOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D);
8725   ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK,
8726                                    ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc);
8727 
8728   /// If the current region is a loop-based region, mark the start of the loop
8729   /// construct.
8730   void startOpenMPLoop();
8731 
8732   /// Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
8733   /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8734   /// is performed.
8735   bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level) const;
8736 
8737   /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.)
8738   /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration
8739   /// \p D.
8740   void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8741 
8742   /// Check if the specified variable is captured  by 'target' directive.
8743   /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8744   /// is performed.
8745   bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level) const;
8746 
8747   ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
8748                                                     Expr *Op);
8749   /// Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
8750   void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
8751                            const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
8752                            SourceLocation Loc);
8753   /// Start analysis of clauses.
8754   void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
8755   /// End analysis of clauses.
8756   void EndOpenMPClause();
8757   /// Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
8758   void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
8759 
8760   /// Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
8761   /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
8762   /// private by default.
8763   /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
8764   void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
8765 
8766   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8767   /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
8768   /// threadprivate'.
8769   ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
8770                                      CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8771                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
8772   /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
8773   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
8774                                      SourceLocation Loc,
8775                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8776   /// Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
8777   OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
8778                                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8779   /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp requires'.
8780   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPRequiresDirective(SourceLocation Loc,
8781                                               ArrayRef<OMPClause *> ClauseList);
8782   /// Check restrictions on Requires directive
8783   OMPRequiresDecl *CheckOMPRequiresDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
8784                                         ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
8785   /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
8786   /// reduction' construct.
8787   QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
8788                                            TypeResult ParsedType);
8789   /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8790   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart(
8791       Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name,
8792       ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes,
8793       AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
8794   /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8795   void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8796   /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8797   void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner);
8798   /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8799   /// \return omp_priv variable.
8800   VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8801   /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8802   void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer,
8803                                                  VarDecl *OmpPrivParm);
8804   /// Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8805   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd(
8806       Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid);
8807 
8808   /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'.
8809   bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc);
8810   /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'.
8811   void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective();
8812   /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'.
8813   void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8814                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id,
8815                                     OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT,
8816                                     NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls);
8817   /// Check declaration inside target region.
8818   void
8819   checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D,
8820                                    SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation());
8821   /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region.
isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()8822   bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const {
8823     return DeclareTargetNestingLevel > 0;
8824   }
8825   /// Return true inside OpenMP target region.
8826   bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const;
8827   /// Return true if (un)supported features for the current target should be
8828   /// diagnosed if OpenMP (offloading) is enabled.
shouldDiagnoseTargetSupportFromOpenMP()8829   bool shouldDiagnoseTargetSupportFromOpenMP() const {
8830     return !getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() ||
8831       isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective();
8832   }
8833 
8834   /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive.
8835   static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind);
8836 
8837   /// Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
8838   void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
8839   /// End of OpenMP region.
8840   ///
8841   /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
8842   /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
8843   ///
8844   /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
8845   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
8846   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
8847       OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8848       OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8849       Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8850   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
8851   /// of the  associated statement.
8852   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8853                                           Stmt *AStmt,
8854                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
8855                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
8856   using VarsWithInheritedDSAType =
8857       llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ValueDecl *, const Expr *, 4>;
8858   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
8859   /// of the associated statement.
8860   StmtResult
8861   ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
8862                            SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8863                            VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8864   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
8865   /// of the associated statement.
8866   StmtResult
8867   ActOnOpenMPForDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
8868                           SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8869                           VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8870   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
8871   /// of the associated statement.
8872   StmtResult
8873   ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
8874                               SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8875                               VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8876   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
8877   /// of the associated statement.
8878   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8879                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8880                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
8881   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
8882   /// associated statement.
8883   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8884                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
8885   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
8886   /// associated statement.
8887   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8888                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8889                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
8890   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
8891   /// associated statement.
8892   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8893                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
8894   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
8895   /// associated statement.
8896   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8897                                           ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8898                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8899                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
8900   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
8901   /// of the  associated statement.
8902   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
8903       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8904       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8905   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
8906   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
8907   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
8908       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8909       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8910   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
8911   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
8912   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8913                                                   Stmt *AStmt,
8914                                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
8915                                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
8916   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
8917   /// associated statement.
8918   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8919                                       Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8920                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
8921   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
8922   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8923                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
8924   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
8925   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8926                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
8927   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
8928   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8929                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
8930   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
8931   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8932                                            Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8933                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
8934   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
8935   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8936                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
8937                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
8938   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
8939   /// associated statement.
8940   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8941                                          Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8942                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
8943   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
8944   /// associated statement.
8945   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8946                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8947                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
8948   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
8949   /// associated statement.
8950   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8951                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8952                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
8953   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
8954   /// the associated statement.
8955   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8956                                             Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8957                                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
8958   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after
8959   /// parsing of the associated statement.
8960   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8961                                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
8962                                                  SourceLocation EndLoc,
8963                                                  Stmt *AStmt);
8964   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after
8965   /// parsing of the associated statement.
8966   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8967                                                 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8968                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8969                                                 Stmt *AStmt);
8970   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after
8971   /// parsing of the associated statement.
8972   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8973                                                 Stmt *AStmt,
8974                                                 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8975                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8976   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after
8977   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
8978   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective(
8979       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8980       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8981   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
8982   /// associated statement.
8983   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8984                                        Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8985                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
8986   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
8987   StmtResult
8988   ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8989                                         SourceLocation EndLoc,
8990                                         OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8991   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
8992   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8993                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
8994                                         SourceLocation EndLoc,
8995                                         OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8996   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
8997   /// associated statement.
8998   StmtResult
8999   ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
9000                                SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9001                                VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9002   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
9003   /// the associated statement.
9004   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
9005       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9006       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9007   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
9008   /// of the associated statement.
9009   StmtResult
9010   ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
9011                                  SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9012                                  VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9013   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'.
9014   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
9015                                               SourceLocation StartLoc,
9016                                               SourceLocation EndLoc,
9017                                               Stmt *AStmt);
9018   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after
9019   /// parsing of the associated statement.
9020   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
9021       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9022       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9023   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd'
9024   /// after parsing of the associated statement.
9025   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
9026       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9027       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9028   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after
9029   /// parsing of the associated statement.
9030   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective(
9031       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9032       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9033   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after
9034   /// parsing of the associated statement.
9035   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
9036       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9037       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9038   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of
9039   /// the associated statement.
9040   StmtResult
9041   ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
9042                                  SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9043                                  VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9044   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of
9045   /// the associated statement.
9046   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective(
9047       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9048       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9049   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing
9050   /// of the associated statement.
9051   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
9052       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9053       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9054   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd'
9055   /// after parsing of the associated statement.
9056   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
9057       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9058       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9059   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for'
9060   /// after parsing of the associated statement.
9061   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
9062       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9063       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9064   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the
9065   /// associated statement.
9066   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
9067                                              Stmt *AStmt,
9068                                              SourceLocation StartLoc,
9069                                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
9070   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing
9071   /// of the associated statement.
9072   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective(
9073       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9074       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9075   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for'
9076   /// after parsing of the associated statement.
9077   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
9078       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9079       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9080   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for
9081   /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement.
9082   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
9083       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9084       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9085   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after
9086   /// parsing of the associated statement.
9087   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
9088       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9089       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
9090 
9091   /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers.
9092   bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind,
9093                                  SourceLocation LinLoc);
9094   /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear
9095   /// decls.
9096   bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(const ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc,
9097                              OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type);
9098 
9099   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of
9100   /// the associated method/function.
9101   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective(
9102       DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS,
9103       Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds,
9104       ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears,
9105       ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR);
9106 
9107   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
9108                                          Expr *Expr,
9109                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
9110                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9111                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
9112   /// Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
9113   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
9114                                  Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9115                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9116                                  SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
9117                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
9118                                  SourceLocation EndLoc);
9119   /// Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
9120   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9121                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9122                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
9123   /// Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
9124   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
9125                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
9126                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9127                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
9128   /// Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
9129   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
9130                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
9131                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9132                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
9133   /// Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
9134   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9135                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9136                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
9137   /// Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
9138   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
9139                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
9140                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9141                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
9142   /// Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
9143   OMPClause *
9144   ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9145                            SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
9146                            Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
9147   /// Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
9148   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9149                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9150                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
9151   /// Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
9152   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9153                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9154                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
9155   /// Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
9156   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9157                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9158                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
9159 
9160   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
9161                                      unsigned Argument,
9162                                      SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
9163                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
9164                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9165                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
9166   /// Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
9167   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
9168                                       SourceLocation KindLoc,
9169                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
9170                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9171                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
9172   /// Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
9173   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
9174                                        SourceLocation KindLoc,
9175                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
9176                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9177                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
9178 
9179   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
9180       OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
9181       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9182       ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
9183       SourceLocation EndLoc);
9184   /// Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
9185   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
9186       OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
9187       OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9188       SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
9189       SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9190 
9191   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9192                                SourceLocation EndLoc);
9193   /// Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
9194   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9195                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
9196   /// Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
9197   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9198                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
9199   /// Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
9200   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9201                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
9202   /// Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
9203   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9204                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
9205   /// Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
9206   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9207                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
9208   /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
9209   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9210                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
9211   /// Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
9212   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9213                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
9214   /// Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
9215   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9216                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
9217   /// Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
9218   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9219                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
9220   /// Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
9221   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9222                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
9223   /// Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
9224   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9225                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
9226   /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause.
9227   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedAddressClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9228                                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
9229 
9230   /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause.
9231   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9232                                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
9233 
9234   /// Called on well-formed 'reverse_offload' clause.
9235   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReverseOffloadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9236                                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
9237 
9238   /// Called on well-formed 'dynamic_allocators' clause.
9239   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDynamicAllocatorsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9240                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9241 
9242   /// Called on well-formed 'atomic_default_mem_order' clause.
9243   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause(
9244       OpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation KindLoc,
9245       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9246 
9247   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
9248       OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr,
9249       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9250       SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9251       CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
9252       const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
9253       OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind,
9254       ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers,
9255       ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc,
9256       OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
9257       SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc);
9258   /// Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
9259   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9260                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
9261                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9262                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
9263   /// Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
9264   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9265                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
9266                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9267                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
9268   /// Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
9269   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9270                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
9271                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9272                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
9273   /// Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
9274   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9275                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
9276                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9277                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
9278   /// Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
9279   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(
9280       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9281       SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9282       CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
9283       const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
9284       ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
9285   /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause.
9286   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause(
9287       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9288       SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9289       CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
9290       const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
9291       ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
9292   /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause.
9293   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause(
9294       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9295       SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9296       CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
9297       const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
9298       ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
9299   /// Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
9300   OMPClause *
9301   ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
9302                           SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9303                           OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
9304                           SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9305   /// Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
9306   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9307                                       Expr *Alignment,
9308                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
9309                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9310                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
9311                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
9312   /// Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
9313   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9314                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
9315                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9316                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
9317   /// Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
9318   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9319                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
9320                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9321                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
9322   /// Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
9323   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9324                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
9325                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9326                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
9327   /// Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
9328   OMPClause *
9329   ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc,
9330                           SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9331                           SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9332                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
9333   /// Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
9334   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9335                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9336                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
9337   /// Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
9338   OMPClause *
9339   ActOnOpenMPMapClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers,
9340                        ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc,
9341                        OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
9342                        SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
9343                        ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9344                        SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9345   /// Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
9346   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9347                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9348                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
9349   /// Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
9350   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
9351                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
9352                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9353                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
9354   /// Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
9355   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9356                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9357                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
9358   /// Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause.
9359   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause(
9360       OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize,
9361       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc,
9362       SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9363   /// Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause.
9364   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause(
9365       OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind,
9366       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc,
9367       SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9368   /// Called on well-formed 'to' clause.
9369   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9370                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
9371                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9372                                  SourceLocation EndLoc);
9373   /// Called on well-formed 'from' clause.
9374   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9375                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
9376                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9377                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
9378   /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause.
9379   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9380                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
9381                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9382                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
9383   /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause.
9384   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9385                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
9386                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9387                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
9388 
9389   /// The kind of conversion being performed.
9390   enum CheckedConversionKind {
9391     /// An implicit conversion.
9392     CCK_ImplicitConversion,
9393     /// A C-style cast.
9394     CCK_CStyleCast,
9395     /// A functional-style cast.
9396     CCK_FunctionalCast,
9397     /// A cast other than a C-style cast.
9398     CCK_OtherCast,
9399     /// A conversion for an operand of a builtin overloaded operator.
9400     CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp
9401   };
9402 
isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK)9403   static bool isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
9404     return CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast ||
9405            CCK == CCK_OtherCast;
9406   }
9407 
9408   /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
9409   /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
9410   /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
9411   ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
9412                                ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
9413                                const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
9414                                CheckedConversionKind CCK
9415                                   = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9416 
9417   /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
9418   /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
9419   static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
9420 
9421   /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
9422   /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
9423   /// required.
9424   ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
9425 
9426   // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
9427   // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
9428   ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
9429 
9430   /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
9431   /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
9432   ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
9433 
9434   // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
9435   // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
9436   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
9437 
9438   // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
9439   // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
9440   // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
9441   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
9442                                                   bool Diagnose = true);
9443 
9444   // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
9445   // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
9446   // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
9447   // type.
9448   ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
9449 
9450   // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
9451   // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
9452   // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
9453   ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
9454 
9455   /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize
9456   /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because
9457   /// we don't have xvalues there.
9458   ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E);
9459 
9460   // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
9461   enum VariadicCallType {
9462     VariadicFunction,
9463     VariadicBlock,
9464     VariadicMethod,
9465     VariadicConstructor,
9466     VariadicDoesNotApply
9467   };
9468 
9469   VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9470                                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9471                                        Expr *Fn);
9472 
9473   // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
9474   // vararg function.
9475   enum VarArgKind {
9476     VAK_Valid,
9477     VAK_ValidInCXX11,
9478     VAK_Undefined,
9479     VAK_MSVCUndefined,
9480     VAK_Invalid
9481   };
9482 
9483   // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
9484   VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
9485 
9486   /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
9487   /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
9488   void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
9489 
9490   /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
9491   bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
9492 
9493   /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
9494   /// form of call prototypes.
9495   bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9496                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9497                               unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
9498                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
9499                               VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
9500                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
9501                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
9502 
9503   // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
9504   // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
9505   ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
9506                                               FunctionDecl *FDecl);
9507 
9508   // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
9509   // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
9510   // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
9511   // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
9512   // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
9513   QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9514                                       bool IsCompAssign = false);
9515 
9516   /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
9517   /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
9518   /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
9519   /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
9520   /// source and destination type.
9521   enum AssignConvertType {
9522     /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
9523     Compatible,
9524 
9525     /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
9526     /// accept as an extension.
9527     PointerToInt,
9528 
9529     /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
9530     /// accept as an extension.
9531     IntToPointer,
9532 
9533     /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
9534     /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
9535     FunctionVoidPointer,
9536 
9537     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
9538     /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
9539     IncompatiblePointer,
9540 
9541     /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types
9542     /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
9543     /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
9544     /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
9545     IncompatiblePointerSign,
9546 
9547     /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
9548     /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
9549     CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
9550 
9551     /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
9552     /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
9553     /// like address spaces.
9554     IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
9555 
9556     /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
9557     /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
9558     /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
9559     /// extension.
9560     IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
9561 
9562     /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
9563     /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
9564     IncompatibleVectors,
9565 
9566     /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
9567     /// pointer. We disallow this.
9568     IntToBlockPointer,
9569 
9570     /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
9571     /// pointers types that are not compatible.
9572     IncompatibleBlockPointer,
9573 
9574     /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
9575     /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
9576     /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
9577     IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
9578 
9579     /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
9580     /// object with __weak qualifier.
9581     IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
9582 
9583     /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
9584     /// represent it in the AST.
9585     Incompatible
9586   };
9587 
9588   /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
9589   /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
9590   /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
9591   bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
9592                                 SourceLocation Loc,
9593                                 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
9594                                 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
9595                                 bool *Complained = nullptr);
9596 
9597   /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
9598   /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
9599   /// value, to be used as a mask.
9600   bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
9601                          bool AllowMask) const;
9602 
9603   /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
9604   /// integer not in the range of enum values.
9605   void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
9606                               Expr *SrcExpr);
9607 
9608   /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
9609   /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
9610   /// C99 6.5.16.
9611   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
9612                                                QualType LHSType,
9613                                                QualType RHSType);
9614 
9615   /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
9616   /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
9617   /// is true.
9618   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
9619                                                ExprResult &RHS,
9620                                                CastKind &Kind,
9621                                                bool ConvertRHS = true);
9622 
9623   /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType.
9624   ///
9625   /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment.
9626   /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment.
9627   /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking
9628   ///        for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be
9629   ///        set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return
9630   ///        without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment.
9631   /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter
9632   ///        in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked
9633   ///        for ARC retain issues.
9634   /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the
9635   ///        conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false,
9636   ///        \p Diagnose must also be \c false.
9637   AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(
9638       QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true,
9639       bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true);
9640 
9641   // If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
9642   // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
9643   AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
9644                                                              ExprResult &RHS);
9645 
9646   bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
9647 
9648   bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
9649 
9650   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9651                                        AssignmentAction Action,
9652                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
9653   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9654                                        AssignmentAction Action,
9655                                        bool AllowExplicit,
9656                                        ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
9657   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9658                                        const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
9659                                        AssignmentAction Action,
9660                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK
9661                                           = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9662   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9663                                        const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
9664                                        AssignmentAction Action,
9665                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK);
9666 
9667   ExprResult PerformQualificationConversion(
9668       Expr *E, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
9669       CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9670 
9671   /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
9672   /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
9673 
9674   /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
9675   QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
9676                            ExprResult &RHS);
9677   QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
9678                                  ExprResult &RHS);
9679   QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
9680     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
9681     SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
9682   QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
9683     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
9684     bool IsDivide);
9685   QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
9686     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9687     bool IsCompAssign = false);
9688   QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
9689     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9690     BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
9691   QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
9692     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9693     QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
9694   QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
9695     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9696     BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
9697   QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
9698       ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9699       BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9700   QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
9701       ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9702       BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9703   QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
9704     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9705     BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9706   // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
9707   // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
9708   // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
9709   QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
9710     Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
9711 
9712   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9713                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
9714   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9715                                          BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
9716                                          Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
9717   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
9718   Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
9719 
9720   QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
9721     ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9722     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9723   QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
9724     ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
9725     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
9726   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
9727                                     bool ConvertArgs = true);
9728   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
9729                                     ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
9730                                     bool ConvertArgs = true) {
9731     Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
9732     QualType Composite =
9733         FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs);
9734     E1 = E1Tmp;
9735     E2 = E2Tmp;
9736     return Composite;
9737   }
9738 
9739   QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9740                                         SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9741 
9742   bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
9743                                   SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9744 
9745   void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9746                                     Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
9747                                     bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
9748 
9749   /// type checking for vector binary operators.
9750   QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9751                                SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
9752                                bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
9753   QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
9754   QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9755                                       SourceLocation Loc,
9756                                       BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9757   QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9758                                       SourceLocation Loc);
9759 
9760   bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
9761   bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
9762 
9763   /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
9764   bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
9765 
9766   // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
9767 
9768   /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
9769   /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
9770   /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
9771   enum ReferenceCompareResult {
9772     /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
9773     /// reference binding is not possible.
9774     Ref_Incompatible = 0,
9775     /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
9776     /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
9777     /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
9778     Ref_Related,
9779     /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible.
9780     Ref_Compatible
9781   };
9782 
9783   ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
9784                                                       QualType T1, QualType T2,
9785                                                       bool &DerivedToBase,
9786                                                       bool &ObjCConversion,
9787                                                 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
9788 
9789   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
9790                                  Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
9791                                  ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
9792 
9793   /// Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
9794   /// given type.
9795   ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
9796 
9797   /// Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
9798   /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
9799   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
9800                                 Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
9801 
9802   // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
9803   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9804   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
9805   // returns true if the cast is invalid
9806   bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
9807                        CastKind &Kind);
9808 
9809   /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding
9810   /// implicit casts if necessary.
9811   ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
9812 
9813   // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
9814   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9815   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
9816   // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
9817   // returns the cast expr
9818   ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
9819                                 CastKind &Kind);
9820 
9821   ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type,
9822                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9823                                         Expr *CastExpr,
9824                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9825 
9826   enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error };
9827 
9828   /// Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
9829   /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak.
9830   ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
9831                                           QualType castType, Expr *&op,
9832                                           CheckedConversionKind CCK,
9833                                           bool Diagnose = true,
9834                                           bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
9835                                           BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
9836                                           );
9837 
9838   Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9839   void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9840 
9841   bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
9842                                              QualType ExprType);
9843 
9844   /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
9845   /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
9846   void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
9847   void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
9848   void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
9849 
9850   /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9851   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
9852   bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
9853 
9854   /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9855   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
9856   void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
9857 
9858   /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
9859   /// \param Method - May be null.
9860   /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
9861   /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
9862   bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType,
9863                                  MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
9864                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9865                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
9866                                  bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac,
9867                                  SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange,
9868                                  QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
9869 
9870   /// Determine the result of a message send expression based on
9871   /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
9872   /// and the form of the message send.
9873   QualType getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType,
9874                                     ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
9875                                     bool isSuperMessage);
9876 
9877   /// If the given expression involves a message send to a method
9878   /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
9879   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
9880 
9881   /// Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
9882   /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
9883   /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
9884   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
9885 
9886   class ConditionResult {
9887     Decl *ConditionVar;
9888     FullExprArg Condition;
9889     bool Invalid;
9890     bool HasKnownValue;
9891     bool KnownValue;
9892 
9893     friend class Sema;
ConditionResult(Sema & S,Decl * ConditionVar,FullExprArg Condition,bool IsConstexpr)9894     ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition,
9895                     bool IsConstexpr)
9896         : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false),
9897           HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() &&
9898                         !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()),
9899           KnownValue(HasKnownValue &&
9900                      !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {}
ConditionResult(bool Invalid)9901     explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid)
9902         : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid),
9903           HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {}
9904 
9905   public:
ConditionResult()9906     ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {}
isInvalid()9907     bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
get()9908     std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const {
9909       return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar),
9910                             Condition.get());
9911     }
getKnownValue()9912     llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const {
9913       if (!HasKnownValue)
9914         return None;
9915       return KnownValue;
9916     }
9917   };
ConditionError()9918   static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); }
9919 
9920   enum class ConditionKind {
9921     Boolean,     ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'.
9922     ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'.
9923     Switch       ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement.
9924   };
9925 
9926   ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
9927                                  Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK);
9928 
9929   ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
9930                                          SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9931                                          ConditionKind CK);
9932 
9933   DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
9934 
9935   ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
9936                                     SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9937                                     ConditionKind CK);
9938   ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond);
9939 
9940   /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
9941   /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
9942   /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
9943   /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
9944   ///
9945   /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
9946   /// 'if' keyword.
9947   /// \return true iff there were any errors
9948   ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
9949                                    bool IsConstexpr = false);
9950 
9951   /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
9952   /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
9953   void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
9954 
9955   /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
9956   /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
9957   void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
9958 
9959   /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
9960   ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false);
9961 
9962   /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
9963   /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
9964   /// the specified diagnostic.
9965   void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
9966                                           unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
9967                                           SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9968 
9969   /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
9970   /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
9971   /// in the global scope.
9972   bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
9973 
9974   /// Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
9975   /// expression violations.
9976   class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
9977   public:
9978     bool Suppress;
9979 
Suppress(Suppress)9980     VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
9981 
9982     virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
9983     virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
~VerifyICEDiagnoser()9984     virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
9985   };
9986 
9987   /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
9988   /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
9989   /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
9990   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9991                                              VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
9992                                              bool AllowFold = true);
9993   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9994                                              unsigned DiagID,
9995                                              bool AllowFold = true);
9996   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
9997                                              llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
9998 
9999   /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
10000   /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
10001   /// Returns false on success.
10002   /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
10003   ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
10004                             QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
10005                             Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
10006 
10007 private:
10008   unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0;
10009 
10010 public:
10011   /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
10012   /// functions to be __host__ __device__.  So long as this count is greater
10013   /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__.
10014   void PushForceCUDAHostDevice();
10015 
10016   /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
10017   /// functions to be __host__ __device__.  Returns false if the count is 0
10018   /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error.
10019   bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice();
10020 
10021   /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function
10022   /// must be codegen'ed.  Because handling these correctly adds overhead to
10023   /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations.
10024   llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
10025                  std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>>
10026       CUDADeferredDiags;
10027 
10028   /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation.  When used as the
10029   /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed.
10030   struct FunctionDeclAndLoc {
10031     CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD;
10032     SourceLocation Loc;
10033   };
10034 
10035   /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a
10036   /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic.  We use this to avoid emitting the
10037   /// same deferred diag twice.
10038   llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags;
10039 
10040   /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their
10041   /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call).
10042   ///
10043   /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this
10044   /// map.
10045   llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
10046                  /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc>
10047       CUDAKnownEmittedFns;
10048 
10049   /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA compilation to support
10050   /// deferred diagnostics.
10051   ///
10052   /// Functions are only added here if, at the time they're considered, they are
10053   /// not known-emitted.  As soon as we discover that a function is
10054   /// known-emitted, we remove it and everything it transitively calls from this
10055   /// set and add those functions to CUDAKnownEmittedFns.
10056   llvm::DenseMap</* Caller = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
10057                  /* Callees = */ llvm::MapVector<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
10058                                                  SourceLocation>>
10059       CUDACallGraph;
10060 
10061   /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA errors which may or may not be deferred.
10062   ///
10063   /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch)
10064   /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are
10065   /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device
10066   /// function is never codegen'ed.
10067   ///
10068   /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we
10069   /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed.
10070   ///
10071   /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred
10072   /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to
10073   /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe
10074   /// deferred" diagnostics.
10075   class CUDADiagBuilder {
10076   public:
10077     enum Kind {
10078       /// Emit no diagnostics.
10079       K_Nop,
10080       /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()).
10081       K_Immediate,
10082       /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also
10083       /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a
10084       /// priori known-emitted function.
10085       K_ImmediateWithCallStack,
10086       /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function
10087       /// it's attached to is codegen'ed.  Also emit a call stack as with
10088       /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack.
10089       K_Deferred
10090     };
10091 
10092     CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
10093                     FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S);
10094     ~CUDADiagBuilder();
10095 
10096     /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if
10097     /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error.
10098     ///
10099     /// Example usage:
10100     ///
10101     ///   if (CUDADiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar)
10102     ///     return ExprError();
10103     ///
10104     /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably
10105     /// want to use these instead of creating a CUDADiagBuilder yourself.
10106     operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); }
10107 
10108     template <typename T>
10109     friend const CUDADiagBuilder &operator<<(const CUDADiagBuilder &Diag,
10110                                              const T &Value) {
10111       if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
10112         *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value;
10113       else if (Diag.PartialDiag.hasValue())
10114         *Diag.PartialDiag << Value;
10115       return Diag;
10116     }
10117 
10118   private:
10119     Sema &S;
10120     SourceLocation Loc;
10121     unsigned DiagID;
10122     FunctionDecl *Fn;
10123     bool ShowCallStack;
10124 
10125     // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value.
10126     // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists.
10127     llvm::Optional<SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiag;
10128     llvm::Optional<PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiag;
10129   };
10130 
10131   /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
10132   /// is "used as device code".
10133   ///
10134   /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics.
10135   /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the
10136   ///   diagnostics immediately.
10137   /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for
10138   ///   the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize
10139   ///   that the function will be codegen'ed.
10140   ///
10141   /// Example usage:
10142   ///
10143   ///  // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code.
10144   ///  if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget())
10145   ///    return ExprError();
10146   ///  // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
10147   CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
10148 
10149   /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
10150   /// is "used as host code".
10151   ///
10152   /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched.
10153   CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
10154 
10155   enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
10156     CFT_Device,
10157     CFT_Global,
10158     CFT_Host,
10159     CFT_HostDevice,
10160     CFT_InvalidTarget
10161   };
10162 
10163   /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc.
10164   /// function.
10165   ///
10166   /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you
10167   /// will get it wrong.  Returns CFT_Host if D is null.
10168   CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D,
10169                                         bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false);
10170   CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs);
10171 
10172   /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context.
CurrentCUDATarget()10173   CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() {
10174     return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext));
10175   }
10176 
10177   // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from
10178   // worst to best.
10179   enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
10180     CFP_Never,      // Invalid caller/callee combination.
10181     CFP_WrongSide,  // Calls from host-device to host or device
10182                     // function that do not match current compilation
10183                     // mode.
10184     CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions.
10185     CFP_SameSide,   // Calls from host-device to host or device
10186                     // function matching current compilation mode.
10187     CFP_Native,     // host-to-host or device-to-device calls.
10188   };
10189 
10190   /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
10191   /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
10192   /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
10193   ///               nullptr in case of global context.
10194   /// \param Callee target function
10195   ///
10196   /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
10197   CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
10198                                                 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
10199 
10200   /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA
10201   /// host/device attributes.  Returns false if the call is not allowed.
10202   ///
10203   /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls.  These may appear in
10204   /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed.
IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl * Caller,const FunctionDecl * Callee)10205   bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
10206                          const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
10207     return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never;
10208   }
10209 
10210   /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD,
10211   /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings.
10212   void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD,
10213                                    const LookupResult &Previous);
10214 
10215 public:
10216   /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context.
10217   ///
10218   /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program
10219   ///   (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false.
10220   ///
10221   /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if
10222   ///   it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to
10223   ///   be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true.
10224   ///
10225   ///   Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once,
10226   ///   so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate
10227   ///   deferred errors.
10228   ///
10229   /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics.
10230   bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee);
10231 
10232   /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda
10233   /// operator() method.
10234   ///
10235   /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit
10236   /// the __device__ attribute.  Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__
10237   /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves.
10238   void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
10239 
10240   /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
10241   /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
10242   /// calling priority.
10243   void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
10244       const FunctionDecl *Caller,
10245       SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
10246 
10247   /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
10248   /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
10249   /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
10250   /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
10251   /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
10252   /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
10253   ///        its RHS.
10254   /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
10255   /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
10256   /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
10257   /// the member declaration.
10258   bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
10259                                                CXXSpecialMember CSM,
10260                                                CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
10261                                                bool ConstRHS,
10262                                                bool Diagnose);
10263 
10264   /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA
10265   /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide).
10266   bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
10267   bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD);
10268 
10269   // \brief Checks that initializers of \p Var satisfy CUDA restrictions. In
10270   // case of error emits appropriate diagnostic and invalidates \p Var.
10271   //
10272   // \details CUDA allows only empty constructors as initializers for global
10273   // variables (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5). The same restriction also applies to all
10274   // __shared__ variables whether they are local or not (they all are implicitly
10275   // static in CUDA). One exception is that CUDA allows constant initializers
10276   // for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
10277   void checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VarDecl *VD);
10278 
10279   /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits
10280   /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not.
10281   void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10282                                const LookupResult &Previous);
10283   /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD.
10284   void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD);
10285 
10286   /// \name Code completion
10287   //@{
10288   /// Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
10289   enum ParserCompletionContext {
10290     /// Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
10291     PCC_Namespace,
10292     /// Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
10293     PCC_Class,
10294     /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
10295     /// or category.
10296     PCC_ObjCInterface,
10297     /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
10298     /// category implementation
10299     PCC_ObjCImplementation,
10300     /// Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
10301     /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
10302     PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
10303     /// Code completion occurs following one or more template
10304     /// headers.
10305     PCC_Template,
10306     /// Code completion occurs following one or more template
10307     /// headers within a class.
10308     PCC_MemberTemplate,
10309     /// Code completion occurs within an expression.
10310     PCC_Expression,
10311     /// Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
10312     /// also be an expression or a declaration.
10313     PCC_Statement,
10314     /// Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
10315     /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
10316     PCC_ForInit,
10317     /// Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
10318     /// while, switch, or for statement.
10319     PCC_Condition,
10320     /// Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
10321     /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
10322     /// in the grammar.
10323     PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
10324     /// Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
10325     PCC_Type,
10326     /// Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
10327     /// might also be a type cast.
10328     PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
10329     /// Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
10330     /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
10331     PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
10332   };
10333 
10334   void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
10335   void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
10336                                 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
10337   void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
10338                             bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
10339                             bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
10340 
10341   struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
10342   void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
10343                               const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
10344   void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType);
10345   void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, Expr *OtherOpBase,
10346                                        SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
10347                                        bool IsBaseExprStatement);
10348   void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
10349   void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
10350   void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
10351   void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D,
10352                                       const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr);
10353   void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S);
10354   void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
10355   /// Reports signatures for a call to CodeCompleteConsumer and returns the
10356   /// preferred type for the current argument. Returned type can be null.
10357   QualType ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
10358                                     SourceLocation OpenParLoc);
10359   QualType ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type,
10360                                            SourceLocation Loc,
10361                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
10362                                            SourceLocation OpenParLoc);
10363   QualType ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl,
10364                                               CXXScopeSpec SS,
10365                                               ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
10366                                               ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs,
10367                                               IdentifierInfo *II,
10368                                               SourceLocation OpenParLoc);
10369   void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
10370   void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
10371   void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
10372   void CodeCompleteBinaryRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS, tok::TokenKind Op);
10373 
10374   void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10375                                bool EnteringContext, QualType BaseType);
10376   void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
10377   void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
10378   void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
10379   void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
10380   void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
10381   void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
10382                                 Decl *Constructor,
10383                                 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
10384 
10385   void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
10386                                     bool AfterAmpersand);
10387 
10388   void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
10389   void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
10390   void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
10391   void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
10392   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
10393   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
10394   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
10395   void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
10396                                    bool IsParameter);
10397   void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
10398   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
10399                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
10400                                     bool AtArgumentExpression);
10401   void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
10402                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
10403                                     bool AtArgumentExpression,
10404                                     bool IsSuper = false);
10405   void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
10406                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
10407                                        bool AtArgumentExpression,
10408                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
10409   void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
10410                                      DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
10411   void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
10412                                 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
10413   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
10414                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
10415   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
10416   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
10417   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
10418                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
10419                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
10420   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
10421   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
10422                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
10423                                          SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
10424   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
10425                                               IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
10426                                               SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
10427   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
10428   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
10429                                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
10430   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod,
10431                                   ParsedType ReturnType);
10432   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
10433                                           bool IsInstanceMethod,
10434                                           bool AtParameterName,
10435                                           ParsedType ReturnType,
10436                                           ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
10437   void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
10438                                             SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
10439                                             bool IsBaseExprStatement);
10440   void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
10441   void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
10442   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
10443   void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
10444   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
10445                                              IdentifierInfo *Macro,
10446                                              MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
10447                                              unsigned Argument);
10448   void CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool IsAngled);
10449   void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
10450   void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName();
10451   void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
10452                                    CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
10453                   SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
10454   //@}
10455 
10456   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10457   // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
10458 
10459 public:
10460   SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
10461                                                 unsigned ByteNo) const;
10462 
10463 private:
10464   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
10465                         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
10466                         bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
10467   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
10468   // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
10469   // FunctionDeclaration.
10470   struct FormatStringInfo {
10471     unsigned FormatIdx;
10472     unsigned FirstDataArg;
10473     bool HasVAListArg;
10474   };
10475 
10476   static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
10477                                   FormatStringInfo *FSI);
10478   bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
10479                          const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
10480   bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
10481                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
10482   bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
10483                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
10484   bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
10485   void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
10486                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10487                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
10488                             SourceLocation Loc);
10489 
10490   void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
10491                  const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10492                  bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
10493                  VariadicCallType CallType);
10494 
10495   bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
10496   ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg);
10497 
10498   ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
10499                                       unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10500 
10501   bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
10502                                     unsigned MaxWidth);
10503   bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10504   bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10505 
10506   bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10507   bool CheckHexagonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10508   bool CheckHexagonBuiltinCpu(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10509   bool CheckHexagonBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10510   bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10511   bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10512   bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10513   bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10514   bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10515   bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10516 
10517   bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10518   bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call);
10519   bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
10520   bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
10521   bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall);
10522   bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall);
10523 
10524 public:
10525   // Used by C++ template instantiation.
10526   ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
10527   ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10528                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10529                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
10530 
10531 private:
10532   bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
10533   bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall);
10534   bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
10535   bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
10536   bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
10537   bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
10538   ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
10539   ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
10540   ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
10541                                      AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
10542   ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
10543                                                     bool IsDelete);
10544   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
10545                               llvm::APSInt &Result);
10546   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, int Low,
10547                                    int High, bool RangeIsError = true);
10548   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
10549                                       unsigned Multiple);
10550   bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
10551                                 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
10552                                 bool AllowName);
10553 public:
10554   enum FormatStringType {
10555     FST_Scanf,
10556     FST_Printf,
10557     FST_NSString,
10558     FST_Strftime,
10559     FST_Strfmon,
10560     FST_Kprintf,
10561     FST_FreeBSDKPrintf,
10562     FST_OSTrace,
10563     FST_OSLog,
10564     FST_Unknown
10565   };
10566   static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
10567 
10568   bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
10569 
10570   static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
10571 
10572 private:
10573   bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
10574                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10575                             bool IsCXXMember,
10576                             VariadicCallType CallType,
10577                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
10578                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
10579   bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10580                             bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
10581                             unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
10582                             VariadicCallType CallType,
10583                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
10584                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
10585 
10586   void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
10587                                   const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
10588 
10589   void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
10590 
10591   void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10592                                unsigned BId,
10593                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10594 
10595   void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10596                                 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10597 
10598   void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10599                              IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10600 
10601   void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
10602                           SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
10603                           bool isObjCMethod = false,
10604                           const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
10605                           const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
10606 
10607 public:
10608   void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
10609 
10610 private:
10611   void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
10612   void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
10613   void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
10614   void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
10615 
10616   /// Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
10617   /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
10618   void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
10619                           bool IsConstexpr = false);
10620 
10621   void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
10622                                    Expr *Init);
10623 
10624   /// Check if there is a field shadowing.
10625   void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc,
10626                                   DeclarationName FieldName,
10627                                   const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
10628                                   bool DeclIsField = true);
10629 
10630   /// Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
10631   /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
10632   void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
10633 
10634   /// Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
10635   /// attempts to add itself into the container
10636   void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
10637 
10638   void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
10639   void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
10640                                  bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
10641 public:
10642   /// Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
10643   void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
10644                                   uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
10645                                   bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
10646 
10647   struct TypeTagData {
TypeTagDataTypeTagData10648     TypeTagData() {}
10649 
TypeTagDataTypeTagData10650     TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
10651         Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
10652         MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
10653     {}
10654 
10655     QualType Type;
10656 
10657     /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
10658     /// layout-compatibility.
10659     unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
10660     unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
10661   };
10662 
10663   /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
10664   /// identifies the magic value.
10665   typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
10666 
10667 private:
10668   /// A map from magic value to type information.
10669   std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
10670       TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
10671 
10672   /// Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
10673   /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
10674   void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
10675                                 const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs,
10676                                 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
10677 
10678   /// Check if we are taking the address of a packed field
10679   /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced.
10680   void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs);
10681 
10682   /// The parser's current scope.
10683   ///
10684   /// The parser maintains this state here.
10685   Scope *CurScope;
10686 
10687   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
10688   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
10689 
10690   /// Nullability type specifiers.
10691   IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
10692   IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
10693   IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
10694 
10695   IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
10696 
10697   /// The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events.
10698   ///
10699   /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include
10700   /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack.
10701   sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler;
10702 
10703 protected:
10704   friend class Parser;
10705   friend class InitializationSequence;
10706   friend class ASTReader;
10707   friend class ASTDeclReader;
10708   friend class ASTWriter;
10709 
10710 public:
10711   /// Retrieve the keyword associated
10712   IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
10713 
10714   /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
10715   RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
10716 
10717   /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
10718   IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
10719 
10720   /// Retrieve the parser's current scope.
10721   ///
10722   /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
10723   /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
10724   /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
10725   /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
10726   /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
10727   /// template substitution or instantiation.
getCurScope()10728   Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
10729 
incrementMSManglingNumber()10730   void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
10731     return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
10732   }
10733 
10734   IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
10735   IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
10736 
10737   Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
10738 
getCurLexicalContext()10739   DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
10740     return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
10741   }
10742 
getCurObjCLexicalContext()10743   const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
10744     const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
10745     // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
10746     if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
10747       DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
10748     return DC;
10749   }
10750 
10751   /// To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
10752   /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
10753   static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
10754                                bool PartialOverloading = false) {
10755     // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
10756     if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
10757       return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
10758     return NumArgs > NumParams;
10759   }
10760 
10761   // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
10762   // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
10763   SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
10764 
10765 private:
10766   class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII {
10767   public:
SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema & S)10768     SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); }
10769 
~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII()10770     ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() {
10771       assert(S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&
10772              "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks");
10773       assert(S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&
10774              "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks");
10775       assert(S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() &&
10776              "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member "
10777              "exception specs");
10778       assert(S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() &&
10779              "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes");
10780       swapSavedState();
10781     }
10782 
10783   private:
10784     Sema &S;
10785     decltype(DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks)
10786         SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks;
10787     decltype(DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks)
10788         SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks;
10789     decltype(DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs)
10790         SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
10791     decltype(DelayedDllExportClasses) SavedDllExportClasses;
10792 
swapSavedState()10793     void swapSavedState() {
10794       SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.swap(
10795           S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks);
10796       SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.swap(
10797           S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks);
10798       SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.swap(
10799           S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs);
10800       SavedDllExportClasses.swap(S.DelayedDllExportClasses);
10801     }
10802   };
10803 
10804   /// Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and
10805   /// their location info for delayed diagnostics.
10806   struct MisalignedMember {
10807     Expr *E;
10808     RecordDecl *RD;
10809     ValueDecl *MD;
10810     CharUnits Alignment;
10811 
MisalignedMemberMisalignedMember10812     MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {}
MisalignedMemberMisalignedMember10813     MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
10814                      CharUnits Alignment)
10815         : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {}
MisalignedMemberMisalignedMember10816     explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E)
10817         : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {}
10818 
10819     bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; }
10820   };
10821   /// Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members
10822   /// due to the packed attribute.
10823   SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers;
10824 
10825   /// Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members.
10826   void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
10827                                      CharUnits Alignment);
10828 
10829 public:
10830   /// Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically
10831   /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the
10832   /// diagnostics.
10833   void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
10834 
10835   /// This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially
10836   /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower
10837   /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when
10838   /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to
10839   /// void*).
10840   void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E);
10841 
10842   /// This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a
10843   /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit
10844   /// local diagnostics like in reference binding.
10845   void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
10846       Expr *E,
10847       llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
10848           Action);
10849 };
10850 
10851 /// RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
10852 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
10853   Sema &Actions;
10854   bool Entered = true;
10855 
10856 public:
10857   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(
10858       Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10859       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
10860       Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext =
10861           Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other,
10862       bool ShouldEnter = true)
Actions(Actions)10863       : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) {
10864     if (Entered)
10865       Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
10866                                               ExprContext);
10867   }
10868   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(
10869       Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10870       Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
10871       Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext =
10872           Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other)
Actions(Actions)10873       : Actions(Actions) {
10874     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
10875         NewContext, Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, ExprContext);
10876   }
10877 
10878   enum InitListTag { InitList };
10879   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag,
10880                                    bool ShouldEnter = true)
Actions(Actions)10881       : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) {
10882     // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of
10883     // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands.
10884     // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such
10885     // a context.
10886     if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() &&
10887         Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10888       Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
10889           Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList);
10890       Entered = true;
10891     }
10892   }
10893 
~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext()10894   ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
10895     if (Entered)
10896       Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10897   }
10898 };
10899 
10900 DeductionFailureInfo
10901 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
10902                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
10903 
10904 /// Contains a late templated function.
10905 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
10906 struct LateParsedTemplate {
10907   CachedTokens Toks;
10908   /// The template function declaration to be late parsed.
10909   Decl *D;
10910 };
10911 } // end namespace clang
10912 
10913 namespace llvm {
10914 // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its
10915 // SourceLocation.
10916 template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> {
10917   using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc;
10918   using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>;
10919 
10920   static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() {
10921     return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
10922   }
10923 
10924   static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() {
10925     return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
10926   }
10927 
10928   static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) {
10929     return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD),
10930                         FDL.Loc.getRawEncoding());
10931   }
10932 
10933   static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS,
10934                       const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) {
10935     return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc;
10936   }
10937 };
10938 } // namespace llvm
10939 
10940 #endif
10941